WO2021159512A1 - Control information transmission method and apparatus - Google Patents

Control information transmission method and apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021159512A1
WO2021159512A1 PCT/CN2020/075394 CN2020075394W WO2021159512A1 WO 2021159512 A1 WO2021159512 A1 WO 2021159512A1 CN 2020075394 W CN2020075394 W CN 2020075394W WO 2021159512 A1 WO2021159512 A1 WO 2021159512A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
cyclic shift
sequence
shift value
resource
control information
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2020/075394
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
黎超
黄海宁
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to PCT/CN2020/075394 priority Critical patent/WO2021159512A1/en
Priority to CN202080095581.5A priority patent/CN115053477B/en
Priority to PCT/CN2020/084303 priority patent/WO2021159600A1/en
Publication of WO2021159512A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021159512A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • H04L1/18Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
    • H04W4/30Services specially adapted for particular environments, situations or purposes
    • H04W4/40Services specially adapted for particular environments, situations or purposes for vehicles, e.g. vehicle-to-pedestrians [V2P]

Definitions

  • This application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to a method and device for transmission of control information.
  • Code division multiple access (code division multiple access, code division multiple access A) is a carrier modulation and multiple access connection technology based on spread spectrum communication.
  • the signals used for data transmission by different user equipment are not based on different frequencies or time slots. Different to distinguish, but use their different spreading sequences to distinguish.
  • Code division multiplexing A technology is widely used in wireless communication systems.
  • the third-generation mobile communication system W Code Division Multiple Access (Wideband Code Division Multiple Access), long term evolution, LTE ) Is the representative 4G system and so on.
  • code division multiplexing A technology can be used to transmit data and control signaling.
  • the code division multiplexing A technology has many advantages, such as improving the reliability of control information transmission, increasing the coverage of control information transmission, and realizing multiple users to multiplex the same time-frequency resource.
  • sequences with good correlation characteristics are usually used to achieve orthogonality between the sequences.
  • different user equipment can use different sequences to send feedback information to the base station on the same time-frequency resources, and the sequences and time-frequency resources used by each UE are configured by the base station through signaling.
  • the sequence can be configured by sequence parameters (for example, base sequence and cyclic shift value).
  • the base station can configure the sequences of three user equipments as sequence 1, sequence 2, and sequence 3 through signaling, so that the three user equipments can use sequence 1 and sequence respectively on the same time-frequency resource. 2 and sequence 3 send feedback information to the base station.
  • sequence parameters for example, base sequence and cyclic shift value
  • the present application provides a control information transmission method and device, which are used to implement code division multiplexing of control information transmission between different UEs when a base station fails or there is no base station.
  • a control information transmission method which is applied to a first device, and the method includes: determining a cyclic shift value of a first sequence according to a physical layer source identifier K and an identifier Mi of the first device; and according to the cyclic shift value Generate the first sequence; send control information to the second device through the first sequence on the resource.
  • code division multiplexing when multiple user equipment transmits control information can be implemented on the same resource or resource set to ensure that all user equipment sequences have
  • the distribution value of the cyclic shift value is as uniform as possible to achieve the best information transmission effect during code division multiplexing transmission between multi-user equipment and the best detection performance on the corresponding receiver side.
  • the resource includes any one or more of time domain resources, frequency domain resources, code domain resources, or space domain resources.
  • the resource when the resource is a time domain resource, its unit is symbol, time slot or subframe, etc.; when the resource is a frequency domain resource, its unit is subchannel, resource block, subcarrier, resource pool, carrier Or bandwidth part; when the resource is a sequence or code domain resource, its unit is a sequence or code channel; when the resource is a spatial domain resource, its unit is a spatial beam direction, a spatial layer or a precoding vector.
  • different resources can be selected for member devices in the same group as much as possible to ensure that each resource in the resource set can be fully utilized, thereby reducing the cyclic shift value required by multiple member devices To improve detection performance.
  • the identifier Mi of the first device is any one of the following: a number identifying the first device, a member identifier of the first device, and receiving first data sent by the second device Device ID.
  • the identifier of the first device may be an identifier indicated by a high-level message, may also be an identifier indicated by a physical layer message, or may also be an identifier indicated by an application layer message, which is not limited in this application.
  • different identifications related to the first device can be used as the identification Mi of the first device, so that the identification of the first device can be flexibly identified, thereby improving the flexibility and diversity of the system.
  • the number that identifies the first device may be an identification or a physical identification when the first device transmits information.
  • it can be any of the following: the mask of the cyclic redundancy check (CRC) of the control information when the first device sends the control information, RNTI, international mobile subscriber identification code (international mobile subscriber identification) number, IMSI), international mobile equipment identity (IMEI), temporary UE identification number S-TMSI, globally unique temporary UE identity (GUTI), and IP address.
  • CRC cyclic redundancy check
  • the base sequence of the first sequence is a predefined base sequence, and the length of the first sequence is 12.
  • the predefined base sequence can be a ZC sequence, or a sequence with excellent correlation characteristics given by computer search, mathematical analysis, etc.
  • control information is response information corresponding to the first data sent by the second device, and the response information includes an affirmative response or a negative response.
  • control information is response information corresponding to the first data sent by the second device, and the response information includes an affirmative response or a negative response.
  • the positive response of the first data corresponds to the first cyclic shift value of the first sequence
  • the negative response of the first data corresponds to the second cyclic shift value of the first sequence.
  • One cyclic shift value is different from the second cyclic shift value.
  • the cyclic shift value of the first sequence is determined by the index Fi of the resource, the identifier Mi of the first device, and the number Y of cyclic shift pairs.
  • the cyclic shift value of the first sequence is determined by the difference between the identifier Mi of the first device and the index Fi of the resource.
  • the speed and diversity of determining the cyclic shift value of the first sequence can be improved, and the sequence between all user equipments can be distributed as evenly as possible to realize multi-user.
  • the number of cyclic shift pairs is Y; the cyclic shift value of the first sequence is determined by (Mi-Fi)/Y; or, the cyclic shift value of the first sequence Determined by (K+Mi-Fi)/Y.
  • the sequence between all user equipments has as even a distribution of cyclic shift values as possible, so as to achieve the best information transmission effect during code division multiplexing transmission between multiple user equipments, and Corresponds to the best detection performance on the receiver side.
  • the cyclic shift value of the first sequence is determined by b*((K+Mi-Fi)/Y+C), where b is a positive integer and C is an integer; or , The cyclic shift value of the first sequence is determined by b*((K+Mi-Fi)/Y+C)mod Ncs, where Ncs is the number of cyclic shifts, Ncs and b are positive integers, and C is an integer.
  • the optional C can take the value 0.
  • Ncs can take a value of 4, 6, 8, or 12; optionally, Ncs can be predefined by the protocol or configured by signaling, such as configured on a resource pool.
  • b can take the value 1, 2, 3, etc.
  • the value of b is (Ncs/Y), where Y is a positive integer, for example, the value is 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, and so on.
  • Y is the number of cyclic shift pairs of the sequence, which may be predefined or configured by signaling.
  • the cyclic shift value of the first sequence includes the first cyclic shift value of the first sequence or the second cyclic shift value of the first sequence, the second cyclic shift value of the first sequence and the first sequence of the first sequence
  • the difference of a cyclic shift value is one-half, one-third, or one-fourth of the number of cyclic shifts Ncs, for example, it can be 6, 4, 3, or 2.
  • the cyclic shift value of the first sequence is determined from a plurality of predefined cyclic shift values by the index Fi of the resource and the identifier Mi of the first device.
  • the multiple predefined cyclic shift values include any one of the following: a group of cyclic shift values arranged at equal intervals; multiple groups of cyclic shift values, each group of cyclic shift values is arranged at equal intervals arrangement.
  • the root sequence number of the first sequence and the cyclic shift value of the first sequence are pre-configured from the resource index Fi and the first device identifier Mi. It is determined from the U sequences on the set, and the U is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
  • the cross-correlation of the sequences among multiple user equipments can be further reduced, and at the same time, the code for transmission of control information between more user equipments can be satisfied. Division multiplexing, so as to achieve the best information transmission effect during code division multiplexing transmission between multi-user equipment and the best detection performance on the corresponding receiver side.
  • the cyclic shift value includes two groups, and each group corresponds to a root sequence number and a group of cyclic shift values.
  • the two groups have different root sequence numbers, and the two groups have the same or different cyclic shift values.
  • a control information transmission method which is applied to a second device, and the method includes: receiving control information sent by a first device through a first sequence, wherein the cyclic shift value of the first sequence is identified by a physical layer source K and the identity Mi of the first device are determined, and the cyclic shift value is used to generate the first sequence; the control information sent by the first device is acquired according to the first sequence.
  • code division multiplexing when multiple user equipment transmits control information can be implemented on the same resource or resource set to ensure that all user equipment sequences have
  • the distribution value of the cyclic shift value is as uniform as possible to achieve the best information transmission effect during code division multiplexing transmission between multi-user equipment and the best detection performance on the corresponding receiver side.
  • the resource includes any one or more of time domain resources, frequency domain resources, code domain resources, or space domain resources.
  • the resource when the resource is a time domain resource, its unit is symbol, time slot or subframe, etc.; when the resource is a frequency domain resource, its unit is subchannel, resource block, subcarrier, resource pool, carrier Or bandwidth part; when the resource is a sequence or code domain resource, its unit is a sequence or code channel; when the resource is a spatial domain resource, its unit is a spatial beam direction, a spatial layer or a precoding vector.
  • different resources can be selected for member devices in the same group as much as possible to ensure that each resource in the resource set can be fully utilized, thereby reducing the cyclic shift value required by multiple member devices To improve detection performance.
  • the identifier Mi of the first device is any one of the following: a number identifying the first device, a member identifier of the first device, and receiving first data sent by the second device Device ID.
  • the identifier of the first device may be an identifier indicated by a high-level message, may also be an identifier indicated by a physical layer message, or may also be an identifier indicated by an application layer message, which is not limited in this application.
  • different identifications related to the first device can be used as the identification Mi of the first device, so that the identification of the first device can be flexibly identified, thereby improving the flexibility and diversity of the system.
  • the number that identifies the first device may be an identification or a physical identification when the first device transmits information.
  • it can be any of the following: the mask of the cyclic redundancy check (CRC) of the control information when the first device sends the control information, the RNTI, the International Mobile Subscriber Identification Code (International Mobile Subscriber Identification) Number, IMSI), International Mobile Equipment Identity (IMEI), Temporary UE Identification Number S-TMSI, Globally Unique Temporary UE Identity (GUTI), and IP address.
  • CRC cyclic redundancy check
  • the base sequence of the first sequence is a predefined base sequence, and the length of the first sequence is 12.
  • the predefined base sequence can be a ZC sequence, or a sequence with excellent correlation characteristics given by computer search, mathematical analysis, etc.
  • control information is response information corresponding to the first data sent by the second device, and the response information includes an affirmative response or a negative response.
  • control information is response information corresponding to the first data sent by the second device, and the response information includes an affirmative response or a negative response.
  • the positive response of the first data corresponds to the first cyclic shift value of the first sequence
  • the negative response of the first data corresponds to the second cyclic shift value of the first sequence.
  • One cyclic shift value is different from the second cyclic shift value.
  • the cyclic shift value of the first sequence is determined by the index Fi of the resource, the identifier Mi of the first device, and the number Y of cyclic shift pairs.
  • the cyclic shift value of the first sequence is determined by the difference between the index Fi of the resource and the identifier Mi of the first device.
  • the speed and diversity of determining the cyclic shift value of the first sequence can be improved, and the sequence between all user equipments can be distributed as evenly as possible to realize multi-user.
  • the number of cyclic shift pairs is Y; the cyclic shift value of the first sequence is determined by (Mi-Fi)/Y; or, the cyclic shift value of the first sequence Determined by (K+Mi-Fi)/Y, where K is the physical layer source identifier received by the first device from the second device.
  • K is the physical layer source identifier received by the first device from the second device.
  • the cyclic shift value of the first sequence is determined by b*((K+Mi-Fi)/Y+C), where K is the physical value received from the second device Layer source identification, b is a positive integer, C is an integer; or, the cyclic shift value of the first sequence is determined by b*((K+Mi-Fi)/Y+C)mod Ncs, where K is the slave second device
  • the received physical layer source identifier, Ncs is the number of cyclic shifts, Ncs and b are positive integers, and C is an integer.
  • the optional C can take the value 0.
  • Ncs can take a value of 4, 6, 8, or 12; optionally, Ncs can be predefined by the protocol or configured by signaling, such as configured on a resource pool.
  • b can take the value 1, 2, 3, etc.
  • the value of b is (Ncs/Y), where Y is a positive integer, for example, the value is 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, and so on.
  • Y is the number of cyclic shift pairs of the sequence, which may be predefined or configured by signaling.
  • the cyclic shift value of the first sequence includes the first cyclic shift value of the first sequence or the second cyclic shift value of the first sequence, and the second cyclic shift value of the first sequence
  • the difference between the cyclic shift value and the first cyclic shift value of the first sequence is one-half, one-third, or one-quarter of the number of cyclic shifts Ncs, for example, it can be 6, 4, 3, or 2. .
  • Ncs number of cyclic shifts
  • the cyclic shift value of the first sequence is determined from a plurality of predefined cyclic shift values by the index Fi of the resource and the identifier Mi of the first device.
  • the multiple predefined cyclic shift values include any one of the following: a group of cyclic shift values arranged in an equally spaced manner; multiple groups of cyclic shift values, each The group cyclic shift values are arranged at equal intervals.
  • the root sequence number of the first sequence and the cyclic shift value of the first sequence are pre-configured or configured in the resource set by the index Fi of the resource and the identifier Mi of the first device. Determined from the U sequences above, U is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
  • U is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
  • the cyclic shift value includes two groups, and each group corresponds to a root sequence number and a group of cyclic shift values.
  • the two groups have different root sequence numbers, and the two groups correspond to cyclic shift values.
  • the shift value is the same or different.
  • a control information transmission device As a first device, the device includes: a processing unit configured to determine the cyclic shift value of the first sequence according to the physical layer source identifier K and the identifier Mi of the first device; processing The unit is also used to generate the first sequence according to the cyclic shift value; the sending unit is used to send the control information to the second device through the first sequence on the resource.
  • the resource includes any one or more of time domain resources, frequency domain resources, code domain resources, or space domain resources.
  • the identifier Mi of the first device is any one of the following: a number identifying the first device, a member identifier of the first device, and receiving first data sent by the second device Device ID.
  • the identifier of the first device may be an identifier indicated by a high-level message, may also be an identifier indicated by a physical layer message, or may also be an identifier indicated by an application layer message.
  • the base sequence of the first sequence is a predefined base sequence, and the length of the first sequence is 12.
  • the predefined base sequence can be a ZC sequence, or a sequence with excellent correlation characteristics given by computer search, mathematical analysis, etc.
  • control information is response information corresponding to the first data sent by the second device, and the response information includes an affirmative response or a negative response.
  • the positive response of the first data corresponds to the first cyclic shift value of the first sequence
  • the negative response of the first data corresponds to the second cyclic shift value of the first sequence.
  • One cyclic shift value is different from the second cyclic shift value.
  • the processing unit is further configured to determine the cyclic shift value of the first sequence according to the index Fi of the resource, the identifier Mi of the first device, and the number Y of cyclic shift pairs.
  • the processing unit is further configured to determine the cyclic shift value of the first sequence according to the difference between the identifier Mi of the first device and the index Fi of the resource.
  • the number of cyclic shift pairs is Y
  • the processing unit is further configured to: determine the cyclic shift value of the first sequence according to (Mi-Fi)/Y; or, according to ( K+Mi-Fi)/Y determines the cyclic shift value of the first sequence, where K is the physical layer source identifier received from the second device.
  • the processing unit is further configured to: determine the cyclic shift value of the first sequence according to b*((K+Mi-Fi)/Y+C), where b is a positive integer , C is an integer; or, determine the cyclic shift value of the first sequence according to b*((K+Mi-Fi)/Y+C)mod Ncs, where Ncs is the number of cyclic shifts, and Ncs and b are positive integers , C is an integer.
  • the optional C can take the value 0.
  • Ncs can take a value of 4, 6, 8, or 12; optionally, Ncs can be predefined by the protocol or configured by signaling, such as configured on a resource pool.
  • b can take the value 1, 2, 3, etc.
  • the value of b is (Ncs/Y), where Y is a positive integer, for example, the value is 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, and so on.
  • Y is the number of cyclic shift pairs of the sequence, which may be predefined or configured by signaling.
  • the cyclic shift value of the first sequence includes the first cyclic shift value of the first sequence or the second cyclic shift value of the first sequence, the second cyclic shift value of the first sequence and the first sequence of the first sequence
  • the difference of a cyclic shift value is one-half, one-third, or one-fourth of the number of cyclic shifts Ncs, for example, it can be 6, 4, 3, or 2.
  • the processing unit is further configured to: determine the cycle of the first sequence from a plurality of predefined cyclic shift values according to the index Fi of the resource and the identifier Mi of the first device. Shift value.
  • the multiple predefined cyclic shift values include any one of the following: a group of cyclic shift values arranged at equal intervals; multiple groups of cyclic shift values, each group of cyclic shift values is arranged at equal intervals arrangement.
  • the third aspect it is also used to: determine the root of the first sequence from U sequences pre-configured or configured on the resource set according to the index Fi of the resource and the identity Mi of the first device.
  • Sequence number and cyclic shift value U is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
  • the cyclic shift value includes two groups, and each group corresponds to a root sequence number and a group of cyclic shift values. The two groups have different root sequence numbers, and the two groups have the same or different cyclic shift values.
  • a control information transmission device As a second device, the device includes: a receiving unit configured to receive control information sent by the first device through a first sequence, wherein the cyclic shift value of the first sequence is determined by The physical layer source identifier K and the identifier Mi of the first device are determined, and the cyclic shift value is used to generate the first sequence; the processing unit is used to obtain the control information sent by the first device according to the first sequence.
  • the resource includes any one or more of time domain resources, frequency domain resources, code domain resources, or space domain resources.
  • the identifier Mi of the first device is any one of the following: a number identifying the first device, a member identifier of the first device, and receiving first data sent by the second device Device ID.
  • the identifier of the first device may be an identifier indicated by a high-level message, may also be an identifier indicated by a physical layer message, or may also be an identifier indicated by an application layer message.
  • the base sequence of the first sequence is a predefined base sequence, and the length of the first sequence is 12.
  • the predefined base sequence can be a ZC sequence, or a sequence with excellent correlation characteristics given by computer search, mathematical analysis, etc.
  • control information is response information corresponding to the first data sent by the second device, and the response information includes an affirmative response or a negative response.
  • the positive response of the first data corresponds to the first cyclic shift value of the first sequence
  • the negative response of the first data corresponds to the second cyclic shift value of the first sequence.
  • One cyclic shift value is different from the second cyclic shift value.
  • the cyclic shift value of the first sequence is determined by the index Fi of the resource, the identifier Mi of the first device, and the number Y of cyclic shift pairs.
  • the cyclic shift value of the first sequence is determined by the difference between the index Fi of the resource and the identifier Mi of the first device.
  • the number of cyclic shift pairs is Y; the cyclic shift value of the first sequence is determined by (Mi-Fi)/Y; or, the cyclic shift value of the first sequence Determined by (K+Mi-Fi)/Y, where K is the physical layer source identifier received by the first device from the second device.
  • the cyclic shift value of the first sequence is determined by b*((K+Mi-Fi)/Y+C), where K is the physical value received from the second device Layer source identification, b is a positive integer, C is an integer; or, the cyclic shift value of the first sequence is determined by b*((K+Mi-Fi)/Y+C)mod Ncs, where K is the slave second device
  • the received physical layer source identifier, Ncs is the number of cyclic shifts, Ncs and b are positive integers, and C is an integer.
  • the optional C can take the value 0.
  • Ncs can take a value of 4, 6, 8, or 12; optionally, Ncs can be predefined by the protocol or configured by signaling, such as configured on a resource pool.
  • b can take the value 1, 2, 3, etc.
  • the value of b is (Ncs/Y), where Y is a positive integer, for example, the value is 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, and so on.
  • Y is the number of cyclic shift pairs of the sequence, which may be predefined or configured by signaling.
  • the cyclic shift value of the first sequence includes the first cyclic shift value of the first sequence or the second cyclic shift value of the first sequence, and the second cyclic shift value of the first sequence
  • the difference between the cyclic shift value and the first cyclic shift value of the first sequence is one-half, one-third, or one-quarter of the number of cyclic shifts Ncs, for example, it can be 6, 4, 3, or 2. .
  • the cyclic shift value of the first sequence is determined from a plurality of predefined cyclic shift values by the index Fi of the resource and the identifier Mi of the first device.
  • the multiple predefined cyclic shift values include any one of the following: a group of cyclic shift values arranged in an equally spaced manner; multiple groups of cyclic shift values, each The group cyclic shift values are arranged at equal intervals.
  • the root sequence number of the first sequence and the cyclic shift value of the first sequence are pre-configured or configured in the resource set by the index Fi of the resource and the identifier Mi of the first device. Determined from the U sequences above, U is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
  • the cyclic shift value includes two groups, and each group corresponds to a root sequence number and a group of cyclic shift values.
  • the two groups have different root sequence numbers, and the two groups correspond to cyclic shift values.
  • the shift value is the same or different.
  • a control information transmission device may be a first device or a chip built in the first device.
  • the device includes a processor, a memory, a communication interface, and a bus. Bus connection, instructions are stored in the memory, and when the processor runs the instructions, the device executes the control information transmission method provided by the first aspect or any one of the possible implementation manners of the first aspect.
  • a control information transmission device may be a second device or a chip built in the second device.
  • the device includes a processor, a memory, a communication interface, and a bus.
  • the processor, the memory and the communication interface pass through A bus is connected, and instructions are stored in the memory.
  • the processor runs the instructions, the device executes the control information transmission method provided by the second aspect or any one of the possible implementations of the second aspect.
  • a communication system in another aspect of the present application, includes a first device and a second device; wherein, the first device is any one of the foregoing third aspect, any one of the possible implementation manners of the third aspect, or
  • the control information transmission device provided by the fifth aspect is used to implement the control information transmission method provided in the first aspect or any one of the possible implementations of the first aspect; the second device is the fourth aspect and the fourth aspect described above Any one of the possible implementation manners or the control information transmission device provided in the sixth aspect is configured to execute the control information transmission method provided in the foregoing second aspect or any one of the possible implementation manners of the second aspect.
  • a computer-readable storage medium stores instructions. When the instructions run on a device, the device executes the first aspect or the first aspect described above.
  • the control information transmission method provided by any possible implementation mode.
  • a computer-readable storage medium stores instructions.
  • the instructions run on a device, the device executes the second aspect or the second aspect described above.
  • the control information transmission method provided by any possible implementation mode.
  • a computer program product is provided.
  • the device executes the control provided by the first aspect or any one of the possible implementations of the first aspect.
  • Information transmission method is provided.
  • a computer program product is provided.
  • the device executes the control provided by the second aspect or any one of the possible implementations of the second aspect.
  • Information transmission method is provided.
  • any of the above-provided apparatuses, equipment, computer-readable storage media, and computer program products for controlling information transmission methods are all used to execute the corresponding methods provided above, and therefore, the beneficial effects that can be achieved Reference may be made to the beneficial effects in the corresponding methods provided above, which will not be repeated here.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of a base station provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of a user equipment provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a control information transmission method provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of communication between multi-user equipment according to an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of another control information transmission method provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a first device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of another first device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a second device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of another second device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • At least one refers to one or more, and “multiple” refers to two or more.
  • And/or describes the association relationship of the associated objects, indicating that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A alone exists, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural.
  • the following at least one item (a) or similar expressions refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of a single item (a) or a plurality of items (a).
  • At least one of a, b, or c can mean: a, b, c, a and b, a and c, b and c or a, b and c, where a, b and c can be It can be single or multiple.
  • the character "/" generally indicates that the associated objects before and after are in an "or” relationship.
  • words such as "first” and “second” do not limit the number and execution order.
  • the sequence (for example, the first sequence in the embodiment of the present application) is generated from a base sequence through a cyclic shift, and a base sequence may generate multiple different sequences through different cyclic shifts.
  • the root sequence number is used to generate the base sequence.
  • the root sequence number can also be called the root sequence index, and the base sequence can also be called the root sequence.
  • the following is a sequence of low peak to average power ratio (low peak to average power ratio, low-PAPR) Take an example for illustration.
  • m CS is the cyclic shift value on the length N CS.
  • m CS may also be referred to as the cyclic shift value of the sequence.
  • the base sequence It can be a ZC sequence, assuming that the length of the ZC sequence M ZC is equal to 12, then It can be expressed by formula (III).
  • the technical solution provided in this application can be applied to various wireless communication systems using code division multiple access (code division multiple access, code division multiple access A) technology, for example, the introduction of code division multiplexing on the basis of existing communication systems A technology, 4G communication system, 5G communication system, future evolution system or multiple communication integration systems, etc.
  • the technical solutions provided by this application can include multiple application scenarios, such as machine to machine (M2M), D2M, macro and micro communications, enhanced mobile broadband (eMBB), ultra-high reliability and ultra-high reliability. Scenarios such as ultra-reliable & low-latency communication (uRLLC) and massive machine type communication (mMTC).
  • M2M machine to machine
  • eMBB enhanced mobile broadband
  • uRLLC ultra-reliable & low-latency communication
  • mMTC massive machine type communication
  • These scenarios may include, but are not limited to: a communication scenario between a base station and a base station, a communication scenario between a terminal and a terminal, a communication scenario between a base station and a terminal, and so on.
  • the communication link between the network device and the network device can be called the backhaul link (backhual link, BL)
  • the communication link between the terminal device and the terminal device can be called the inter-device link or the side link (Sidelink, SL)
  • the communication link between the network device and the terminal device may be called an access link (AL).
  • the communication system may include at least one network device 100 and at least one terminal device 200.
  • the network device 100 can communicate with the terminal device 200, and the terminal device 200 can communicate with each other.
  • the terminal devices 200 can also communicate with each other.
  • FIG. 2 one network device 100 and three terminal devices 200 are taken as an example for illustration.
  • the network equipment 100 includes an access network (access network, AN) equipment, such as a base station (e.g., access point), which may refer to the access network through one or more cells and wireless terminals on the air interface.
  • AN access network
  • the device for device communication or, for example, a network device in a V2X technology is a road side unit (RSU).
  • the base station can be used to convert the received air frame and IP packet to each other, as a router between the terminal device and the rest of the access network, where the rest of the access network can include the IP network.
  • the RSU can be a fixed infrastructure entity that supports V2X applications, and can exchange messages with other entities that support V2X applications.
  • the network equipment can also coordinate the attribute management of the air interface.
  • the network equipment may include an evolved base station (nodeB or eNB or e-nodeB, evolutional Node B) in the LTE system or long term evolution-advanced (LTE-A), or may also include 5G new radio (
  • the next generation node B (gNB) in the new radio, NR system also referred to as the NR system for short
  • may also include the centralized unit in the cloud radio access network (Cloud RAN) system (centralized unit, CU) and distributed unit (distributed unit, DU) are not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device 200 is, for example, a terminal device, or a chip or other component set in the terminal device that can realize the function of the terminal device.
  • Terminal devices include devices that provide users with voice and/or data connectivity. Specifically, they include devices that provide users with voice, or include devices that provide users with data connectivity, or include devices that provide users with voice and data connectivity. . For example, it may include a handheld device with a wireless connection function, or a processing device connected to a wireless modem.
  • the terminal device can communicate with the core network via a radio access network (RAN), exchange voice or data with the RAN, or exchange voice and data with the RAN.
  • RAN radio access network
  • the terminal equipment may include user equipment (UE), wireless terminal equipment, mobile terminal equipment, device-to-device communication (device-to-device, D2D) terminal equipment, vehicle to everything (V2X) terminal equipment , Machine-to-machine/machine-type communications (M2M/MTC) terminal equipment, internet of things (IoT) terminal equipment, subscriber unit, subscriber station ), mobile station, remote station, access point (AP), remote terminal, access terminal, user terminal, user agent (user agent), or user equipment (user device), etc.
  • UE user equipment
  • M2M/MTC Machine-to-machine/machine-type communications
  • IoT internet of things
  • subscriber unit subscriber unit
  • subscriber station mobile station
  • AP access point
  • remote terminal access terminal
  • user terminal user agent
  • user agent user agent
  • user equipment user device
  • PCS personal communication service
  • SIP session initiation protocol
  • WLL wireless local loop
  • PDA personal digital assistants
  • restricted devices such as devices with low power consumption, or devices with limited storage capabilities, or devices with limited computing capabilities. Examples include barcodes, radio frequency identification (RFID), sensors, global positioning system (GPS), laser scanners and other information sensing equipment.
  • RFID radio frequency identification
  • GPS global positioning system
  • the terminal device may also be a wearable device.
  • Wearable devices can also be called wearable smart devices or smart wearable devices, etc. It is a general term for using wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes Wait.
  • a wearable device is a portable device that is directly worn on the body or integrated into the user's clothes or accessories. Wearable devices are not only a kind of hardware device, but also realize powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction.
  • wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized, complete or partial functions that can be achieved without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and only focus on a certain type of application function, and need to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones.
  • Use such as all kinds of smart bracelets, smart helmets, smart jewelry, etc. for physical sign monitoring.
  • all that can perform data communication with a base station can be regarded as a terminal device.
  • the various terminal devices introduced above if they are located on the vehicle (for example, placed in the vehicle or installed in the vehicle), can be regarded as vehicle-mounted terminal equipment, for example, the vehicle-mounted terminal equipment is also called on-board unit (OBU). .
  • OBU on-board unit
  • V2X vehicle to everything
  • V2X specifically includes vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V), vehicle-to-infrastructure (V2I), vehicle-to-pedestrian (V2P) direct communication, and There are several application requirements such as vehicle-to-network (V2N) communication and interaction. as shown in picture 2.
  • V2V refers to the communication between vehicles
  • V2P refers to the communication between vehicles and people (including pedestrians, cyclists, drivers, or passengers)
  • V2I refers to the communication between vehicles and network equipment, such as RSU, and There is another type of V2N that can be included in V2I.
  • V2N refers to the communication between the vehicle and the base station/network.
  • V2P can be used as a safety warning for pedestrians or non-motorized vehicles on the road.
  • vehicles can communicate with roads and even other infrastructure, such as traffic lights, roadblocks, etc., to obtain road management information such as traffic light signal timing.
  • V2V can be used for information interaction and reminding between vehicles, and the most typical application is for the anti-collision safety system between vehicles.
  • V2N is currently the most widely used form of Internet of Vehicles. Its main function is to enable vehicles to connect to a cloud server through a mobile network, and use the navigation, entertainment, or anti-theft application functions provided by the cloud server.
  • V2X it is mainly the communication between terminal equipment and terminal equipment.
  • the current standard protocols support broadcast, multicast, and unicast.
  • Broadcast mode The broadcast mode means that the terminal device as the sender uses the broadcast mode to send data, and multiple terminal device ends can receive sidelink control information (SCI) or sidelink sharing from the sender Channel (sidelink shared channel, SSCH).
  • Multicast mode The multicast mode is similar to broadcast transmission.
  • the terminal equipment as the transmitting end uses the broadcast mode for data transmission, and a group of terminal equipment can parse SCI or SSCH.
  • Unicast mode The unicast mode is that one terminal device sends data to another terminal device, and other terminal devices do not need or cannot parse the data.
  • the network device 100 is used as a base station and the terminal device 200 is used as an example to illustrate the results of the network device 100 and the terminal device 200.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of a base station provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • the base station may include a baseband processing unit (Building Baseband Unit, BBU) 101 and a remote radio unit (RRU) 102, RRU 102, and antenna feeder.
  • BBU Building Baseband Unit
  • RRU remote radio unit
  • the system 103 is connected, and the BBU 101 and RRU 102 can be disassembled and used as needed.
  • the BBU 101 is used to implement the operation and maintenance of the entire base station 100, implement signaling processing, radio resource management, and transmission interface to the packet core network, and implement the main control functions of the physical layer, medium access control layer, L3 signaling, and operation and maintenance.
  • the RRU 102 is used to implement conversion between baseband signals and radio frequency signals, to implement demodulation of wireless received signals and modulation and power amplification of transmitted signals.
  • the antenna feeder system 103 may include multiple antennas to implement the reception and transmission of wireless air interface signals.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of a user equipment provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • the mobile phone may include: an RF (radio frequency) circuit 201, a memory 202, other input devices 203, and a display screen 204 , Sensor 205, audio circuit 206, I/O subsystem 207, processor 208, and power supply 209.
  • RF radio frequency
  • the processor 208 is respectively connected to the RF circuit 201, the memory 202, the audio circuit 206, and the power supply 209.
  • the I/O subsystem 207 is connected to other input devices 203, display screens 204, and sensors 205, respectively.
  • the RF circuit 210 can be used for receiving and sending signals during the process of sending and receiving information or talking. In particular, after receiving the downlink information of the base station, it is sent to the processor 208 for processing.
  • the memory 202 can be used to store software programs and modules.
  • the processor 208 executes various functional applications and data processing of the mobile phone by running software programs and modules stored in the memory 202.
  • the other input device 203 can be used to receive input digital or character information, and generate key signal input related to the user settings and function control of the mobile phone.
  • the display screen 204 can be used to display information input by the user or information provided to the user and various menus of the mobile phone, and can also accept user input.
  • the display screen 204 can include a display panel 214 and a touch panel 224.
  • the sensor 205 may be a light sensor, a motion sensor or other sensors.
  • the audio circuit 206 can provide an audio interface between the user and the mobile phone.
  • the I/O subsystem 207 is used to control input and output external devices, and the external devices may include other device input controllers, sensor controllers, and display controllers.
  • the processor 208 is the control center of the mobile phone.
  • the power supply 209 (for example, a battery) is used to supply power to the above-mentioned components.
  • the power supply can be logically connected to the processor 208 through a power management system, so that functions such as charging, discharging, and power consumption can be managed through the power management system.
  • the mobile phone may also include functional modules or devices such as a camera and a Bluetooth module, which will not be repeated here.
  • functional modules or devices such as a camera and a Bluetooth module, which will not be repeated here.
  • FIG. 3 does not constitute a limitation on the mobile phone, and may include more or less components than those shown in the figure, or a combination of some components, or different component arrangements.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a method for transmitting control information according to an embodiment of the application. The method is applied to a communication system including a first device and a second device. Referring to FIG. 4, the method includes the following steps.
  • the first device determines the cyclic shift value of the first sequence according to the physical layer source identifier K and the identifier Mi of the first device, or determines the cyclic shift value of the first sequence according to the index Fi of the resource and the identifier Mi of the first device. .
  • the cyclic shift value of the first sequence is determined as an example according to the physical layer source identifier K and the identifier Mi of the first device.
  • the first device and the second device may be different devices in the same group.
  • the first device may be a base station or user equipment, and the second device may also be a base station or user equipment.
  • the second device may communicate with multiple member devices in a multicast manner, and the first device may be any member device among the multiple member devices.
  • the second device UE0 may communicate with multiple member devices UE1 to UEM, and the first device may be any member device of UE1 to UEM.
  • the resource may be a resource in a resource set used by multiple member devices to send control information
  • the index Fi of the resource is a resource index of the resource in the resource set, and can be used to identify and index the resource.
  • the resource set may include multiple resources, and each resource in the multiple resources may correspond to a resource index.
  • the English interpretation of K in this application can be described as "K is a physical layer source ID provided by SCI scheduling the PSSCH reception".
  • the resource may include any one or more of time domain resources, frequency domain resources, code domain resources, or space domain resources.
  • the time domain resource refers to the resource occupied in the time domain, and its unit is symbol, slot or subframe, etc. It can be represented by symbol, slot or subframe, etc.;
  • the frequency domain Resources refer to the resources occupied in the frequency domain.
  • the units are sub-channels, resource blocks, sub-carriers, resource pools, carriers, or bandwidth parts. Specifically, they can be through sub-channels, resource blocks, sub-carriers, resource pools, carriers, or bandwidth.
  • the code domain resource refers to the resource occupied in the code domain, and its unit is sequence or code channel, which can be expressed specifically by sequence or code channel, etc.
  • the air domain resource refers to the resource occupied in the airspace ,
  • the unit is a spatial beam direction, a spatial layer, or a precoding vector, which can be specifically represented by a beam direction, a spatial layer, or a precoding vector.
  • the resource may include any one of the above four resources.
  • the resource only includes time domain resources, or the resource only includes frequency domain resources, or the resource includes only code domain resources, or the resource only includes code domain resources.
  • Including airspace resources the resources can include any two of the above four resources, for example, the resources include time-domain resources and frequency-domain resources, or the resources include only time-domain resources and code-domain resources, or the resources only include Time domain resources and space domain resources; the resources may include any three of the above four resources, for example, the resources include time domain resources, frequency domain resources, and code domain resources, or the resources include time domain resources, frequency domain resources And air domain resources, or the resources include frequency domain resources, code domain resources, and air domain resources; the resources may include the above four resources at the same time, that is, the resources include time domain resources, frequency domain resources, code domain resources, and air domain resources.
  • the identifier of the first device may be an identifier indicated by a high-level message, may also be an identifier indicated by a physical layer message, or may also be an identifier indicated by an application layer message, which is not limited in this application.
  • the identifier Mi of the first device may be any of the following: the number that identifies the first device, the member identifier of the first device, the device identifier that receives the first data sent by the second device (the corresponding English may be " Mi is the identity of the UE receiving the PSSCH as indicated by higher layers.”).
  • the number that identifies the first device may be an identification or a physical identification when the first device transmits information.
  • the mask of the cyclic redundancy check (CRC) of the control information when the first device sends the control information the RNTI, the International Mobile Subscriber Identification Code (International Mobile Subscriber Identification) Number, IMSI), International Mobile Equipment Identity (IMEI), Temporary UE Identification Number S-TMSI, Globally Unique Temporary UE Identity (GUTI), and IP address.
  • the identification Mi of the first device is a number that identifies the first device, the identification Mi of the first device may be used to uniquely identify the first device in the entire communication system.
  • the identity Mi of the first device When the identity Mi of the first device is a member identity of the first device, the identity Mi of the first device may be used to uniquely identify the first device among multiple member devices of the user group where the first device is located.
  • the identity Mi of the first device When the identity Mi of the first device is the device identity that receives the first data sent by the second device, the identity Mi of the first device is only used to uniquely identify the first device among the multiple devices that receive the first device sent by the second device. equipment.
  • the range identified by the above three identifiers can be from large to small: the range identified by the number identifying the first device is greater than the range identified by the member ID of the first device, and the range identified by the member ID of the first device is greater than or Equal to the identification of the device that receives the first data sent by the second device.
  • different identifications related to the first device can be used as the identification Mi of the first device, so that the identification of the first device can be flexibly identified, thereby improving the flexibility and diversity of the system.
  • the method further includes S300: the first device receives the first data sent by the second device.
  • the second device can send the first data to multiple member devices in the user group by multicast
  • the first device can be any member device among the multiple member devices
  • the second device can also be multicast
  • the first data is sent to some member devices among multiple member devices in the user group
  • the first device can be any member device among the member devices.
  • the first device can receive the first data sent by the second device.
  • the first device receives the first data sent by the second device
  • the first device correctly receives the first data can mean that The decoding result of the first data received by the first device is correct
  • the first device incorrectly receiving the first data may mean that the first device has not received the first data or the decoding result of the first data received by the first device is incorrect. correct.
  • the response information can include an acknowledgement (acknowledge, ACK) and a non-acknowledge (non-acknowledge, NACK), and the acknowledgement is used to indicate the second device.
  • the negative response is used to indicate that the first data has failed to be received.
  • the cyclic shift value of the first sequence in S301 may include the first cyclic shift value of the first sequence or the second cyclic bit value of the first sequence, and the first cyclic shift value of the first sequence
  • the shift value can correspond to the positive response of the first device (that is, the first device correctly receives the first data)
  • the second cyclic shift value of the first sequence can correspond to the negative response of the first device (that is, the first device did not correctly receive the first data).
  • the first cyclic shift value and the second cyclic shift value may form a cyclic shift pair, and the first cyclic shift value is different from the second cyclic shift value.
  • the first device can determine the first cyclic shift value of the first sequence according to the index Fi of the resource and the identifier Mi of the first device. If the first device does not receive the first data correctly, The first data, the first device can determine the second cyclic shift value of the first sequence according to the index Fi of the resource and the identifier Mi of the first device.
  • the specific process for the first device to determine the first cyclic shift value or the second cyclic shift value of the first sequence according to the index Fi of the resource and the identifier Mi of the first device can refer to the first method below. To the detailed description of the third manner, the embodiments of the present application will not be repeated here.
  • the first device generates a first sequence according to the cyclic shift value.
  • the first device may cyclically shift the base sequence of the first sequence according to the cyclic shift value to generate the first sequence. Specifically, if the first device receives the first data correctly, the first device cyclically shifts the base sequence of the first sequence according to the first cyclic shift value to generate the first sequence; if the first device does not receive the first data correctly Data, the first device cyclically shifts the base sequence of the first sequence according to the second cyclic shift value to generate the first sequence.
  • the base sequence of the first sequence may be predefined, or the base sequence of the first sequence is a base sequence generated by the first device according to the root sequence number, and the root sequence number may be predefined.
  • the length of the first sequence or the length of the base sequence of the first sequence may be predefined.
  • the length of the first sequence or the length of the base sequence of the first sequence may be 12.
  • the base sequence of the first sequence may be a ZC sequence, or a predefined sequence, such as a sequence with excellent correlation characteristics given by computer search, mathematical analysis, etc.
  • S303 The first device sends control information to the second device through the first sequence on the resource.
  • the control information may be response information corresponding to the first data sent by the second device, that is, the first device sends response information to the second device through S303, and the response information includes an affirmative response and a negative response.
  • the first device correctly receives the first data
  • the first device sends an affirmative response to the second device through the first sequence on the resource.
  • the first sequence is the first device according to the first cyclic shift value.
  • the generated sequence If the first device does not receive the first data correctly, the first device sends a negative response to the second device through the first sequence on the resource. At this time, the first sequence is generated by the first device according to the second cyclic shift value sequence.
  • the second device can use the first sequence to decode the control information to obtain the control information. Specifically, when the control information corresponds to the response information of the first data, if the second device uses the first sequence generated by the first cyclic shift value of the first sequence to decode the control information, the obtained control information is Affirmative response of the first data; if the second device uses the first sequence generated by the second cyclic shift value of the first sequence to decode the control information, the obtained control information is the negative response of the first data.
  • the specific process for the second device to determine the cyclic shift value of the first sequence may be the same as or similar to the specific process for the first device to determine the cyclic shift value of the first sequence.
  • the steps of a sequence of cyclic shift values are described in detail as an example.
  • the example in S301 that the first device determines the cyclic shift value of the first sequence according to the physical layer source identifier K and the identifier Mi of the first device is specifically as follows, and the method may include:
  • S301a Determine the cyclic shift value of the first sequence according to the physical layer source identifier K indicated by the first control information and the identifier Mi of the first device.
  • the first control information is information carried in the first-level SCI and/or the second-level SCI.
  • S302a The first device generates a first sequence according to the cyclic shift value.
  • S303a The first device sends second control information to the second device through the first sequence on the resource.
  • the second control information is information of the PSFCH channel carrier of the side feedback channel.
  • the cyclic shift value of the first sequence is determined according to one or more constraint conditions in the following formulas (0-1) to (0-3).
  • a in the above formula is an integer, such as 0, 1, 2 and so on.
  • floor() means to round down the input variable;
  • x n is the intermediate variable; It is a predefined or configured value, such as 12;
  • Mi is the identifier of the received data channel, and its identifier may be indicated by the upper layer protocol (is the identity of the UE receiving the PSSCH as indicated by higher layers).
  • n 0 in the above formula is the first cyclic shift value
  • m cs is the second cyclic shift value.
  • the value of the cyclic shift ⁇ l can be determined by m 0 and m cs , for example: ⁇ l is equal to (m 0 + m cs ), and the following formula (determined by 0-4):
  • the value of the second cyclic shift value m cs may be fixed, or may be configured or pre-configured by signaling, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • there are different values for the second cyclic shift value m cs for example, the following Table 0-1 shows the case where the interval between NACK and ACK for the second cyclic shift value m cs is 6. Of course, the interval can also be 1, 2, 3, or 4, etc.
  • the embodiments of this application are This is not limited.
  • the second cyclic shift value m cs between NACK and ACK may also be determined by the number of configured cyclic shift pairs. For example, there may be determine.
  • the first sequence cluster generation method according to the cyclic shift value in other embodiments of the present application can also be used here, which is not limited in the present application.
  • the manner in which the first device sends the second control information to the second device through the first sequence on the resource can also be used here, which is not limited in this application.
  • the second device receives the first sequence, where the first sequence is generated according to the cyclic shift value.
  • the cyclic shift value is determined by the physical layer source identifier K indicated by the first control information and the identifier Mi of the first device.
  • S305a The second device detects the first control information according to the first sequence.
  • the process of generating the first sequence used by the receiving side (ie, the second device) to detect the control information is the same as the process on the sending side (ie, the first device).
  • the process on the sending side ie, the first device.
  • the first device or the second device can determine the cyclic shift value of the first sequence according to the physical layer source identifier K indicated by the first control information and the identifier Mi of the first device to flexibly generate
  • the cyclic shift value of the sequence, and the cyclic shift interval between different transmitting and receiving UEs can be controlled in a corresponding manner, so as to ensure that the interval is separated as much as possible to determine the detection performance of the control information sent through the first sequence.
  • the first device determines the cyclic shift value of the first sequence according to the index Fi of the resource and the identifier Mi of the first device in S301 are specifically described as follows. It should be noted that Fi in this article represents the index of the resource used by the i-th member device in the user group, Mi represents the i-th member device identifier, and CSi_A represents the first cyclic shift of the first sequence used by the i-th member device. Bit value, CSi_N represents the second cyclic shift value of the first sequence used by the i-th member device.
  • the first device determines the cyclic shift value of the first sequence according to the index Fi of the resource, the identifier Mi of the first device, and the number Y of cyclic shift pairs.
  • the corresponding English interpretation of the number of cyclic shift pairs Y can be "a number of cyclic shift pairs for the resource pool and, based on an indication by higher layers.”
  • the selection of the cyclic shift value of the first sequence of different member devices in the user group can be based on first selecting different resources in the resource set in turn, and then sequentially selecting different cyclic shift values in the cyclic shift pair. The order of the bit pairs is executed. At the same time, for the selection of the first cyclic shift value and the second cyclic shift value in the same cyclic shift pair, it can be ensured that the difference between the two cyclic shift values is as large as possible.
  • the first device can determine the first sequence of the first sequence according to Fi, Mi, and Y through the following formula (1-1) or formula (1-2) A cyclic shift value CSi_A.
  • b is a positive integer
  • Ncs is the number of cyclic shifts
  • Ncs is a positive integer
  • C is an integer.
  • the optional C can take the value 0.
  • Ncs in formula (1-2) can be predefined.
  • the value of Ncs can be 4, 6, 8, or 12, etc., which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the second cyclic shift value CSi_N of the first sequence and the first cyclic shift value CSi_A of the first sequence satisfy the following relationship: the second cyclic shift value CSi_N of the first sequence and the first sequence of the first sequence.
  • the difference between the two cyclic shift values CSi_A is one-half, one-third or one-fourth of the number of cyclic shifts Ncs.
  • the first device can use the following formula (2-1) or Formula (2-2) determines the second cyclic shift value CSi_A of the first sequence.
  • Ncs is the number of cyclic shifts
  • Ncs is a positive integer
  • C is an integer
  • Ncs may take a value of 4, 6, 8, or 12, etc.
  • Ncs may be predefined by a protocol or configured by signaling, such as configured on a resource pool.
  • b can take a value of 1, 2, or 3, etc.
  • the value of b is (Ncs/Y), where Y is a positive integer, for example, the value is 1, 2, 3, 4, or 6, etc.
  • Y is the number of cyclic shift pairs of the sequence, which may be predefined or configured by signaling.
  • the first device can determine the first cyclic shift of the first sequence according to Fi, Mi, and Y through the following formula (1-3) or formula (1-4)
  • the second cyclic shift value CSi_N of the first sequence is determined by the following formula (2-3) or formula (2-4).
  • the formulas for determining CSi_A and CSi_N in the embodiments of this application are only exemplary, and the specific values of CSi_A and CSi_N can be directly equal to the expressions on the right side of the relevant formulas in this article, or can be determined by the formulas on the right side of this article.
  • the specific values of CSi_A and CSi_N can also be equal to other deformation formulas of the expressions on the right side of the relevant formulas in this article, or new formulas formed by the combination of other variables, etc., these deformation formulas and the resulting The new formulas should all fall within the scope of protection of this application.
  • the resources included in the resource set are: Example)
  • the candidate cyclic shift pairs (CS pairs) are ⁇ (0,6), (2,8), (4,10) ⁇
  • the resources used by UE1 to UE6 are RB0 to RB5
  • the CS pair used is (0, 6)
  • the resources used by UE7 to UE12 are respectively
  • the resources are RB0 to RB5, the CS pairs used are (2, 8), the resources used by UE13 to UE15 are RB0 to RB2, and the CS pairs used are (4, 10).
  • the correspondence between the resource index and the CS pair can be represented by the following Table 1-1.
  • the candidate cyclic shift pair (CS pair) is ⁇ (0,6),(3,9) ⁇ , then according to the above formula (1-1-2) to formula (2- 3-2) It can be calculated that the resources used by UE1 to UE6 are RB0 to RB5, the CS pair used is (0, 6), the resources used by UE7 to UE10 are RB0 to RB3, and the CS pair used is (3 ,9).
  • the corresponding relationship between the resource index and the CS pair can be represented by the following Table 1-2.
  • the candidate cyclic shift pair (CS pair) is ⁇ (0,6) ⁇
  • the corresponding relationship between the resource index and the CS pair can be represented by the following Table 1-3.
  • the candidate cyclic shift pair (CS pair) is ⁇ (0,6), ( 2, 8), (4, 10), (1, 7), (3, 9), (5, 11) ⁇
  • the corresponding relationship between the resource index and the CS pair can be shown in the following table 1-4 To represent.
  • the first device may start from multiple predefined cyclic shift values (or predefined pairs of cyclic shifts, each cyclic shift).
  • the cyclic shift value of the first sequence is determined among the first cyclic shift value and the second cyclic shift value.
  • the multiple predefined cyclic shift values include any one of the following: a group of cyclic shift values arranged in an equally spaced manner, for example, ⁇ (0,6), (2,8), (4,10) ⁇ ; Multiple groups of cyclic shift values, each group of cyclic shift values are arranged at equal intervals, for example, the first group of cyclic shift values ⁇ (0, 6), (2, 8), (4, 10) ⁇ , The second set of cyclic shift values ⁇ (1, 7), (3, 9), (5, 11) ⁇ .
  • the first device can determine the index value according to Fi, Mi, and Y through the formula (K+Mi-Fi)/Y, and according to the index value from the preset Set the cyclic shift value of the preset cyclic shift pair corresponding to the index value in the corresponding relationship between the index value and the preset cyclic shift pair as the cyclic shift value of the first sequence, and each preset cyclic shift
  • the bits include a preset first cyclic shift value and a second cyclic shift value.
  • the range of the cyclic shift value is 0 to 11, and the preset index value includes 0 to 5, the preset index value 0 to 5 corresponds to the preset cyclic shift
  • the pair can be ⁇ (0,6), (2,8), (4,10), (1,7), (3,9), (5,11) ⁇ .
  • the first cyclic bit value in each cyclic shift value may be the first cyclic shift value
  • the second cyclic bit value may be the first cyclic shift value.
  • j represents the preset index value (the value range of j is 0 to 5), the same
  • the fi_A(j) corresponding to the preset index value j represents the first cyclic shift value
  • fi_N(j) represents the second cyclic shift value.
  • the above Table 2-1 is only exemplary, and the specific values of the first cyclic shift value and the second cyclic shift value in the preset cyclic shift pair are also exemplary, for example, the pre-
  • the preset cyclic shift pair corresponding to index values 0 to 5 can also be ⁇ (0, 3), (6, 9), (1, 4), (7, 10), (2, 5), (8 ,11) ⁇ or ⁇ (0, 2), (4, 6), (8, 10), (1, 3), (5, 7), (9, 11) ⁇ , etc., respectively, as shown in Table 2-2 As shown in and 2-3, the above Table 2-1 does not limit the embodiments of the present application.
  • CSi_A for ACK and CSi_N for NACK can be used interchangeably, for example: ⁇ (0, 6), (2, 8), (4, 10), (1 , 7), (3, 9), (5, 11) ⁇ can also be expressed as ⁇ (6, 0), (8, 2), (10, 4), (7, 1), (9, 3) , (11, 5) ⁇ , the above Table 2-1 to Table 2-3 are only exemplary, and do not limit the embodiments of the present application.
  • CSi_A represents the first cyclic shift value corresponding to the index value j
  • CSi_N represents the second cyclic shift value corresponding to the index value j
  • the index value j can be specifically determined by (K+Mi-Fi)/Y.
  • fi_A(i) and fi_N(i) they can be described in the form of tables or in the form of functions, which are not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the first device can determine the index value according to Fi, Mi, and Y through the formula (Mi-Fi)/Y, and according to the index value from the preset index value and the preset index value
  • the cyclic shift value of the preset cyclic shift pair corresponding to the index value is obtained from the correspondence between the cyclic shift pairs as the cyclic shift value of the first sequence, and each preset cyclic shift includes the preset A first cyclic shift value and a second cyclic shift value.
  • CSi_A represents the first cyclic shift value corresponding to the index value j, which can be specifically determined by fi_A(j);
  • CSi_N represents the second cyclic shift value corresponding to the index value j, which can be specifically determined by fi_N(j),
  • the index value j can be specifically determined by (Mi-Fi)/Y.
  • CSi_N fi_N ⁇ (Mi-Fi)/Y ⁇ (3-4)
  • fi_A(i) and fi_N(i) can be described in a table or a predefined arrangement, and can also be described in the form of a function, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the number Y of cyclic shift pairs is 6, the range of cyclic shift values is 0 to 11, and the preset index value includes 0 to 5, the preset index value 0 to 5 is the same as the preset cyclic shift
  • the relationship between bit pairs can also be as shown in 2 above.
  • the first device determines the cyclic shift value of the first sequence from U sequences pre-configured or configured on the resource set according to the index Fi of the resource and the identity Mi of the first device, where U is An integer greater than or equal to 2.
  • the candidate cyclic shift values corresponding to the cyclic shift value of the first sequence include at least two groups, and each group corresponds to a root sequence number and a group of cyclic shift values. At least two groups have different root sequence numbers, and at least two groups have different root sequence numbers. The corresponding cyclic shift values are the same or different.
  • U sequences can be pre-configured or configured on the resource set or resource pool.
  • the root sequence numbers of the U sequences can be pre-configured or configured on the resource set.
  • the number of multiple member devices in the user group where the first device is located is M
  • the number of resources included in the resource set is Z
  • the number of cyclic shift pairs is Y
  • the first device can be based on the ratio of M/Z/Y To determine the root sequence number of the first sequence.
  • the first device can determine that the root sequence number of the first sequence is u2.
  • the first device may determine the cyclic shift value of the first sequence in the manner provided in the first embodiment or the second embodiment.
  • the first A device can determine the first cyclic shift value of the first sequence according to Fi, Mi, and Y using the following formula.
  • the first device determines the first sequence of the first sequence according to the following formula (4-1) or formula (4-2)
  • the second cyclic shift value CSi_N of the first sequence is determined according to the following formula (4-3) or formula (4-4).
  • CSi_N a1+b*(K+Mi-Fi)/Y+C1 (4-3)
  • CSi_N a1+b*((K+Mi-Fi)/Y+C1)mod Ncs (4-4)
  • the root sequence number of the first sequence is u2
  • the first device determines the first cyclic shift of the first sequence according to the following formula (5-1) or formula (5-2)
  • the second cyclic shift value CSi_N of the first sequence is determined according to the following formula (5-3) or formula (5-4).
  • CSi_N a2+b*(K+Mi-Fi)/Y+C2 (5-3)
  • the root sequence number of the first sequence is u1
  • the first device determines the first cyclic shift of the first sequence according to the following formula (4-5) or formula (4-6)
  • the second cyclic shift value CSi_N of the first sequence is determined according to the following formula (4-7) or formula (4-8).
  • the root sequence number of the first sequence is u2
  • the first device determines the first cyclic shift of the first sequence according to the following formula (5-5) or formula (5-6)
  • the second cyclic shift value CSi_N of the first sequence is determined according to the following formula (5-7) or formula (5-8).
  • the first device may start from the predefined multiple cyclic shift values according to Fi, Mi, and Y.
  • the cyclic shift value of the first sequence is determined from the shift value.
  • the root sequence number of the first sequence is u1
  • the first device queries the set of cyclic shift values corresponding to the root sequence number u1 according to Fi, Mi, and Y to determine The cyclic shift value of the first sequence
  • M/Z/Y>1/2 the root sequence number of the first sequence is u2
  • the first device queries the set of cycles corresponding to the root sequence number u2 according to Fi, Mi and Y Shift value to determine the cyclic shift value of the first sequence.
  • a set of cyclic shift values corresponding to the two root sequence numbers can be expressed in the form shown in Table 2-1 above, and can also be expressed in the above formula (3-1) and formula (3-2), or formula (3 -3) and formula (3-4).
  • a set of cyclic shift values corresponding to each root sequence number may also include the root sequence number.
  • multiple predefined cyclic shift values may be ⁇ (u1, 0, 6), (u1 ,2,8),(u1,4,10),(u2,0,6),(u2,2,8),(u2,4,10) ⁇ , ⁇ (u1,0,6),(u1 ,2,8),(u1,4,10),(u2,1,7),(u2,3,9),(u2,5,11) ⁇ , ⁇ (u1,0,2),(u1 , 4, 6), (u1, 8, 10), (u2, 0, 2), (u2, 4, 6), (u2, 8, 10) ⁇ , or ⁇ (u1, 0, 2), ( u1,4,6), (u1,8,10), (u2,1,3), (u2,5,7), (u2,9,11) ⁇ etc.
  • the above-mentioned first method can ensure that the sequence between all member devices has as even a distribution of cyclic shift values as possible, so as to achieve the best information transmission effect during code division multiplexing transmission between multiple member devices, and the most Good corresponds to the detection performance on the receiver side (ie, the second device side).
  • the first device determines the cyclic shift value of the first sequence according to the difference between the index Fi of the resource and the identifier Mi of the first device.
  • the first device determines the cyclic shift value of the first sequence according to the difference between the index Fi of the resource and the identifier Mi of the first device. Specifically, it can be understood that the cyclic shift value of the first sequence is (Mi-Fi)
  • the first device may replace Mi-Fi in formula (1-1) to formula (1-4), and formula (2-1) to formula (2-4) by the variable x , And then the cyclic shift value of the first sequence can be determined according to the substituted formula.
  • the substituted formula can be expressed as formula (1-1)' to formula (1-4)' and formula (2-1)' to Formula (2-4)'.
  • the first device obtains the cyclic shift value of the preset cyclic shift pair corresponding to the index value from the corresponding relationship between the preset index value and the preset cyclic shift pair as the first
  • the specific process of a sequence of cyclic shift values is similar to the description in the second embodiment in the above-mentioned first method, and only needs to use (Mi-Fi) in the above-mentioned second embodiment as the overall variable x. , So you can refer to the relevant description above for details, and will not be repeated here in this application.
  • the first device may determine the cyclic shift value of the first sequence from U sequences pre-configured or configured on the resource set according to the variable x, where U is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
  • the candidate cyclic shift values corresponding to the cyclic shift value of the first sequence include at least two groups, and each group corresponds to a root sequence number and a group of cyclic shift values. At least two groups have different root sequence numbers, and at least two groups have different root sequence numbers. The corresponding cyclic shift values are the same or different.
  • the U sequences can be pre-configured or configured on the resource set.
  • the root sequence numbers of the U sequences can be pre-configured or configured on the resource set in advance.
  • the specific process by which the first device can determine the cyclic shift value of the first sequence in the manner provided by the first two embodiments in the second manner can refer to the relevant description above.
  • the above-mentioned second method can improve the speed and diversity of determining the cyclic shift value of the first sequence, and ensure that the sequence among all member devices has as even a distribution of cyclic shift values as possible, so as to realize multi-member devices.
  • the first device determines the cyclic shift value of the first sequence according to (Mi-Fi)/Y; or, determines the cyclic shift value of the first sequence according to (K+Mi-Fi)/Y, where K Is the physical layer source identifier received from the second device.
  • the first device can pass formula (1-1) and formula (1-2), and (Mi-Fi)/Y in formula (2-1) and formula (2-2) through Replace with variable t, or replace K+Mi-Fi)/Y in formula (1-3) and formula (1-4), and formula (2-3) and formula (2-4) with variable t , And then the cyclic shift value of the first sequence can be determined according to the substituted formula.
  • the substituted formula can be expressed as formula (1-1)” and formula (1-2)”, as well as formula (2-1)” and Formula (2-2)".
  • each preset cyclic shift includes a preset first cyclic shift value and a second cyclic shift value.
  • the first device obtains the cyclic shift value of the preset cyclic shift pair corresponding to the index value from the corresponding relationship between the preset index value and the preset cyclic shift pair as the first
  • the specific process of a sequence of cyclic shift values is similar to the description in the second embodiment in the first method, and only needs to be (K+Mi-Fi)/Y or ( Mi-Fi)/Y can be taken as the overall variable t, so for details, please refer to the relevant description above, which will not be repeated here in this application.
  • the first device may determine the cyclic shift value of the first sequence from U sequences pre-configured or configured on the resource set according to the variable t, where U is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
  • the candidate cyclic shift values corresponding to the cyclic shift value of the first sequence include at least two groups, and each group corresponds to a root sequence number and a group of cyclic shift values. At least two groups have different root sequence numbers, and at least two groups have different root sequence numbers. The corresponding cyclic shift values are the same or different.
  • the U sequences can be pre-configured or configured on the resource set.
  • the root sequence numbers of the U sequences can be pre-configured or configured on the resource set in advance.
  • the specific process by which the first device can determine the cyclic shift value of the first sequence in the manner provided in the first two embodiments in the second manner can refer to the relevant description above. I won't repeat them here.
  • the third method mentioned above can improve the speed and diversity of determining the cyclic shift value of the first sequence, and ensure that the sequence among all member devices has as even a distribution of cyclic shift values as possible, so as to realize multi-member devices.
  • the method provided in the embodiments of the present application can implement code division multiplexing when multiple user equipment transmits control information on the same resource or resource set without network or central node control, so as to ensure that all user equipment
  • the sequence has the distribution value of the cyclic shift value as evenly as possible, in order to achieve the best information transmission effect during code division multiplexing transmission between multi-user equipment, and the best information transmission effect corresponding to the receiver side (that is, the second device side) Excellent detection performance.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides another control information transmission method, which includes the following steps.
  • the first device determines a cyclic shift value used to send the first control information.
  • the cyclic shift value is determined by the second control information associated with the first control information and/or the CRC of the data scheduled by the second control information; or, the cyclic shift value is determined by the second control information associated with the first control information And/or a combination of one or more of the signaling indicated by the second control information is determined.
  • the first device determines the first sequence according to the cyclic shift value.
  • the first control information is feedback information that the first device receives data sent by the second device.
  • the second control information associated with the first control information and/or the data scheduled by the second control information includes: the first control information is physical layer response information, which is a response to data corresponding to the physical layer response information, where the first control information
  • the second control information is information indicating the transmission resource under which it is based.
  • the second control information is the first-level control information and/or the second-level control information used when the second device sends the foregoing data.
  • the cyclic shift value is determined by a combination of one or more of the second control information associated with the first control information and/or the signaling indicated by the second control information, including the first level second control information And/or a combination of one or more of the signaling indicated by the second level second control information.
  • the signaling included in the first level second control information includes: time domain resource indication information, frequency domain indication information, MCS value, and/or DMRS pattern indication information; the first level second control information includes The signaling includes: indication information of the source identification, and/or indication information of the destination identification, etc.
  • x i represents any one of the indicated signaling
  • L represents the number of signaling bits, or the low L bits or the high L bits in the signaling.
  • the CRC check bit of control information or data after being converted into a decimal number, can be expressed as:
  • p i is the CRC verification bit after the CRC is generated by the originating device (for example, the first device), and L represents the length of the CRC verification bit.
  • the length of the CRC verification bit may be 8, 12, 16, 24, etc.
  • the cyclic shift ⁇ of the sequence used to transmit control information can be described by formula (II-2):
  • l and l' may be the symbol where the first control information is sent, and may be a predetermined constant, such as 12, 10, 11, or 24, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • m 0 and m cs are the first cyclic shift value and the second cyclic shift value, respectively, and both are integers.
  • the specific values of m 0 and m cs may be predefined, or configured by signaling, or indicated by signaling configured on the resource pool.
  • the sequence C is a random sequence, and the initial value of the sequence C is generated or
  • the L is a positive integer, such as 10, 16, 24, etc., which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • It is any one of the above formula (II-0) or (II-1).
  • the random sequence C can be generated by multiplexing NR (the definition in section 5.2.1 in the 38.211 protocol) or the LTE random sequence generation method, which is not limited in the present invention.
  • the first control information is information carried in the PSFCH
  • the second control information is information carried in the first-level or second-level SCI.
  • the first control information is the response information for the data on the PSSCH sent by the UE2 that needs to be sent by the UE1 on the feedback channel PSFCH.
  • the response information includes: only NACK feedback, ACK feedback or NACK feedback.
  • the initial c init of the random sequence C is or to make sure. And correspondingly According to formula (II-0) or (II-1) to generate.
  • the CRC check or control information can be generated from the CRC of the first level SCI or the second SCI indicating the transmission resources of the PSSCH of UE2, or generated by the CRC of the PSSCH sent by UE2, or carried in the PSSCH Of data bits.
  • the second device receives a first sequence, the first sequence is generated according to the cyclic shift value, wherein the cyclic shift value is related to the second control information and/or the first control information
  • the CRC of the data scheduled by the second control information is determined.
  • S22 The second device detects the first control information according to the first sequence.
  • the process of generating the first sequence used by the receiving side (ie, the second device) to detect the control information is the same as the process on the sending side (ie, the first device).
  • the process on the sending side ie, the first device.
  • the method provided by the embodiment of this application is a process of generating the cyclic shift of the sequence. In addition to working alone, it can also be used in combination with other embodiments to determine the cyclic shift value of the sequence. This will not be repeated here.
  • the embodiment of the present application can reuse the formula and protocol for PUCCH generation in NR as much as possible through the above-mentioned method to realize PSFCH sequence generation.
  • the CRC check bit of the transmitted data is used for the corresponding identification on the side link, so as to further verify that the PSSCH and/or SCI are detected correctly, thereby improving the performance and reliability of the system.
  • the first device and the second device include hardware structures and/or software modules corresponding to each function.
  • the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a certain function is executed by hardware or computer software-driven hardware depends on the specific application and design constraint conditions of the technical solution. Professionals and technicians can use different methods for each specific application to implement the described functions, but such implementation should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
  • the embodiment of the present application can divide the first device and the second device into functional modules according to the above method examples.
  • each functional module can be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions can be integrated into one processing module. middle.
  • the above-mentioned integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional modules. It should be noted that the division of modules in the embodiments of the present application is illustrative, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division methods in actual implementation.
  • FIG. 7 shows a possible structural schematic diagram of the control information transmission device involved in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the device includes: The processing unit 401 and the sending unit 402. Further, the device further includes a receiving unit 403.
  • the processing unit 401 can be used to support the device to perform S301 and S302 in the above method embodiment; the sending unit 402 can be used to support the device to perform S303 in the above method embodiment; the receiving unit 403 can be used To support the device to execute S300 in the above method embodiment.
  • the processing unit 401 may be used to support the device to perform S301a and S302a in the foregoing method embodiment, and the sending unit 402 may be used to support the device to perform S303a in the foregoing method embodiment. And/or, the receiving unit 403 may be used to support the device to execute S300 in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the processing unit 401 may be used to support the device to perform S11 and S12 in the foregoing method embodiment, and the sending unit 402 may be used to support the device to perform S13 in the foregoing method embodiment. And/or, the receiving unit 403 may be used to support the device to execute S300 in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the processing unit 401 in this embodiment of the application may be the processor of the control information transmission device
  • the sending unit 402 may be the transmitter of the control information transmission device
  • the receiving unit 403 may be the control information transmission device.
  • the receiver of the transmission device, the transmitter can usually be integrated with the receiver and used as a transceiver, and the specific transceiver can also be called a communication interface.
  • the device includes: a processor 411, the memory 412, the communication interface 413, and the bus 414, and the processor 411, the memory 412, and the communication interface 413 are connected through the bus 414.
  • the processor 411 is configured to control and manage the actions of the control information transmission device.
  • the processor 411 may be used to support the device to execute S301 and S302 in the foregoing method embodiment, and to support the device to execute S300 and S303 in the foregoing method embodiment through the communication interface 413, and/or Other processes used in the techniques described in this article.
  • the processing unit 401 may be used to support the device to execute S301a and S302a in the foregoing method embodiment, and to support the device to execute S303a in the foregoing method embodiment through the communication interface 413, and/or Other processes used in the techniques described in this article.
  • the processing unit 401 may be used to support the device to execute S11 and S12 in the foregoing method embodiment, and to support the device to execute S13 in the foregoing method embodiment through the communication interface 413.
  • the communication interface 413 is used to support the control information transmission device to communicate, for example, to support the communication device to communicate with the second device;
  • the memory 411 is used to store the program code and data of the control information transmission device.
  • the processor 411 may be a central processing unit, a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor, an application specific integrated circuit, a field programmable gate array or other programmable logic devices, transistor logic devices, hardware components, or any combination thereof . It can implement or execute various exemplary logical blocks, modules, and circuits described in conjunction with the disclosure of this application.
  • the processor may also be a combination that implements computing functions, for example, a combination of one or more microprocessors, a combination of a digital signal processor and a microprocessor, and so on.
  • the bus 414 in FIG. 8 may be a peripheral component interconnect standard (PCI) bus or an extended industry standard architecture (EISA) bus, etc.
  • PCI peripheral component interconnect standard
  • EISA extended industry standard architecture
  • the bus can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and so on. For ease of presentation, only one thick line is used in the foregoing FIG. 8, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus
  • FIG. 9 shows a possible structural schematic diagram of the control information transmission device involved in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the device as the second device or a chip built into the second device, includes: The receiving unit 501 and the processing unit 502. Further, the device further includes a sending unit 503.
  • the receiving unit 501 can be used to support the device to perform the steps of receiving the control information sent by S303 in the above method embodiment; the processing unit 502 can be used to support the device to perform S304 in the above method embodiment, And/or other processes used in the techniques described herein.
  • the sending unit 503 may be used to support the apparatus to perform the step of sending the first data to the first device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the receiving unit 501 may be used to support the device to execute S304a in the foregoing method embodiment, etc.; the processing unit 502 may be used to support the device to perform S305a in the foregoing method embodiment, and/or be used for Other processes of the technique described in this article.
  • the receiving unit 501 may be used to support the device to perform S21 in the foregoing method embodiment, etc.; the processing unit 502 may be used to support the device to perform S22 in the foregoing method embodiment, and/or used to Other processes of the technique described in this article.
  • the processing unit 502 in the embodiment of the present application may be the processor of the control information transmission device
  • the sending unit 503 may be the transmitter of the control information transmission device
  • the receiving unit 501 may be the control information transmission device.
  • the receiver of the transmission device, the transmitter can usually be integrated with the receiver and used as a transceiver, and the specific transceiver can also be called a communication interface.
  • the device includes: a processor 511 and a memory 512 , Communication interface 513 and bus 514.
  • the processor 511 is configured to control and manage the actions of the control information transmission device.
  • the processor 511 may be used to support the device to perform S304 in the above method embodiment, and to support the device to perform the step of sending the first data to the first device in the above method embodiment through the communication interface 513 , And/or other processes used in the techniques described herein.
  • the processor 511 may be used to support the device to perform S305a in the foregoing method embodiment, etc., and to support the device to perform S304a in the foregoing method embodiment through the communication interface 513, and/or for Other processes of the technique described in this article.
  • the processor 511 may be used to support the device to execute S22 and the like in the foregoing method embodiment, and to support the device to execute S21 and the like in the foregoing method embodiment through the communication interface 513.
  • the communication interface 513 can be used to support the device to communicate, for example, to support the device to communicate with other devices such as the first device.
  • the memory 512 can be used to store program codes and data of the device.
  • the processor 511 may be a central processing unit, a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor, an application specific integrated circuit, a field programmable gate array or other programmable logic devices, transistor logic devices, hardware components, or any combination thereof . It can implement or execute various exemplary logical blocks, modules, and circuits described in conjunction with the disclosure of this application.
  • the processor may also be a combination that implements computing functions, for example, a combination of one or more microprocessors, a combination of a digital signal processor and a microprocessor, and so on.
  • the bus 514 in FIG. 10 above may be a Peripheral Component Interconnection Standard (PCI) bus or an Extended Industry Standard Architecture (EISA) bus or the like.
  • PCI Peripheral Component Interconnection Standard
  • EISA Extended Industry Standard Architecture
  • the bus can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and so on.
  • FIG. 10 is represented by only a thick line, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
  • an embodiment of the present application also provides a communication system, which includes a first device and a second device; wherein, the first device is the control information transmission device provided in FIG. 7 or FIG. The steps of the first device in the method embodiment; the second device is the control information transmission device provided in FIG. 9 or FIG. 10, and is used to execute the steps of the second device in the method embodiment.
  • the disclosed device and method may be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative.
  • the division of the modules or units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods, for example, multiple units or components may be divided. It can be combined or integrated into another device, or some features can be omitted or not implemented.
  • the units described as separate parts may or may not be physically separate.
  • the parts displayed as units may be one physical unit or multiple physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed to multiple different places. . Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
  • the functional units in the various embodiments of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the above-mentioned integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional unit.
  • the integrated unit is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a readable storage medium.
  • the readable storage medium may include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only Various media that can store program codes such as memory, random access memory, magnetic disk or optical disk.
  • a computer-readable storage medium stores instructions. When the instructions run on a device, the device executes the first step in the above method embodiments. Equipment steps.
  • a computer-readable storage medium stores instructions.
  • the device executes the second device in the above method embodiment. A step of.
  • a computer program product is provided.
  • the device executes the steps of the first device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • a computer program product is provided.
  • the device executes the steps of the second device in the foregoing method embodiment.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

The present application relates to the technical field of communications, and provides a control information transmission method and apparatus, for implementing code division multiplexing for transmission of control information between different UEs when a base station fails or no base station exists. The method comprises: a first device determines a cyclic shift value of a first sequence according to a source identifier K of a physical layer and an identifier Mi of the first device; the first device generates the first sequence according to the cyclic shift value; the first device sends control information to a second device over a resource by means of the first sequence; when the second device receives the control information sent by the first device, the second device obtains the control information according to the first sequence.

Description

一种控制信息传输方法及装置Method and device for transmission of control information 技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种控制信息传输方法及装置。This application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to a method and device for transmission of control information.
背景技术Background technique
码分复用(code division multiple access,码分复用A)是一种以扩频通信为基础的载波调制和多址连接技术,不同用户设备传输的数据所用的信号不是依据频率不同或时隙不同来区分,而是用各自不同的扩频序列来区分的。码分复用A技术在无线通信系统中被广泛应用,例如,第3代移动通信系统W码分复用A(Wideband Code Division Multiple Access宽带码分多址),长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)为代表的4G系统等。Code division multiple access (code division multiple access, code division multiple access A) is a carrier modulation and multiple access connection technology based on spread spectrum communication. The signals used for data transmission by different user equipment are not based on different frequencies or time slots. Different to distinguish, but use their different spreading sequences to distinguish. Code division multiplexing A technology is widely used in wireless communication systems. For example, the third-generation mobile communication system W Code Division Multiple Access (Wideband Code Division Multiple Access), long term evolution, LTE ) Is the representative 4G system and so on.
在无线通信系统中,码分复用A技术即可以用来传输数据也可以用来传输控制信令。在传输控制信令时,码分复用A技术具有很多优点,例如,提高控制信息传输的可靠性、增加控制信息传输时的覆盖、以及实现多用户对同一个时频资源的复用等。在实现多用户对同一个时频资源的复用时,通常使用具有良好相关特性的序列,来实现序列之间的正交。In wireless communication systems, code division multiplexing A technology can be used to transmit data and control signaling. When transmitting control signaling, the code division multiplexing A technology has many advantages, such as improving the reliability of control information transmission, increasing the coverage of control information transmission, and realizing multiple users to multiplex the same time-frequency resource. When multiple users are multiplexing the same time-frequency resource, sequences with good correlation characteristics are usually used to achieve orthogonality between the sequences.
现有技术中,不同用户设备(user equipment,UE)可以使用不同的序列在相同的时频资源上向基站发送反馈信息,每个UE使用的序列和时频资源都是基站通过信令来配置的,该序列可以通过序列参数(例如,基序列和循环移位值)来配置。如图1所示,基站可以通过信令分别为三个用户设备配置的序列为序列1、序列2和序列3,从而这三个用户设备可以在相同的时频资源上分别使用序列1、序列2和序列3向基站发送反馈信息。但是,当基站由于某些原因无法为UE配置序列参数、或者不存在基站的场景下,如何有效地为不同UE分配序列参数和时频资源,仍是一个亟待解决的问题。In the prior art, different user equipment (UE) can use different sequences to send feedback information to the base station on the same time-frequency resources, and the sequences and time-frequency resources used by each UE are configured by the base station through signaling. Yes, the sequence can be configured by sequence parameters (for example, base sequence and cyclic shift value). As shown in Figure 1, the base station can configure the sequences of three user equipments as sequence 1, sequence 2, and sequence 3 through signaling, so that the three user equipments can use sequence 1 and sequence respectively on the same time-frequency resource. 2 and sequence 3 send feedback information to the base station. However, when the base station cannot configure sequence parameters for the UE due to some reasons, or there is no base station, how to effectively allocate sequence parameters and time-frequency resources to different UEs is still an urgent problem to be solved.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请提供一种控制信息传输方法及装置,用于在基站故障或者无基站时实现不同UE之间的控制信息传输的码分复用。The present application provides a control information transmission method and device, which are used to implement code division multiplexing of control information transmission between different UEs when a base station fails or there is no base station.
为达到上述目的,本申请的实施例采用如下技术方案:In order to achieve the foregoing objectives, the following technical solutions are adopted in the embodiments of the present application:
第一方面,提供一种控制信息传输方法,应用于第一设备,该方法包括:根据物理层源标识K和第一设备的标识Mi确定第一序列的循环移位值;根据循环移位值生成第一序列;在资源上通过第一序列向第二设备发送控制信息。In a first aspect, a control information transmission method is provided, which is applied to a first device, and the method includes: determining a cyclic shift value of a first sequence according to a physical layer source identifier K and an identifier Mi of the first device; and according to the cyclic shift value Generate the first sequence; send control information to the second device through the first sequence on the resource.
上述技术方案中,在无网络或无中心节点控制的情况下,能够在同一个资源或资源集上实现多用户设备传输控制信息时的码分复用,以确保所有用户设备之间的序列具有尽可能均匀地的循环移位值的分配值,以实现多用户设备间码分复用传输时的最佳的信息传输效果,和对应接收机侧的最佳的检测性能。In the above technical solution, without network or central node control, code division multiplexing when multiple user equipment transmits control information can be implemented on the same resource or resource set to ensure that all user equipment sequences have The distribution value of the cyclic shift value is as uniform as possible to achieve the best information transmission effect during code division multiplexing transmission between multi-user equipment and the best detection performance on the corresponding receiver side.
在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该资源包括:时域资源、频域资源、码域资源或空域资源中的任意一种或多种。In a possible implementation of the first aspect, the resource includes any one or more of time domain resources, frequency domain resources, code domain resources, or space domain resources.
在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:根据该资源的索引Fi确定第一序列的循环移位值;其中,该资源的索引Fi为:资源在用于发送控制信息的资源集中的资源索引;或者,Fi=Mi mod Z,其中Z为发送控制信息的资源集中包括的频域资源和/或序列循环移位资源的总数量,mod表示取模操作;或者,Fi=(K+Mi)mod Z,其中Z为发送该控制信息的资源集中包括频域资源和/或序列循环移位资源的总数量,mod表示取模操作。可选地,当该资源为时域资源时,其单位为符号、时隙或子帧等;当该资源为频域资源时,其单位为子信道、资源块、子载波、资源池、载波或带宽部分;当该资源为序列或码域资源时,其单位为序列或码道;当该资源为空域资源时,其单位为空间的波束方向、空间层或预编码向量。上述可能的实现方式中,可以尽可能地为同一组内的成员设备选择不同的资源,以保证资源集中的每个资源都能被充分利用,从而减小多个成员设备需要的循环移位值的数量,以提升检测性能。In a possible implementation of the first aspect, the method further includes: determining the cyclic shift value of the first sequence according to the index Fi of the resource; wherein the index Fi of the resource is: the resource is used for sending control information The resource index in the resource set; or, Fi=Mi mod Z, where Z is the total number of frequency domain resources and/or sequence cyclic shift resources included in the resource set for sending control information, and mod represents the modulo operation; or, Fi =(K+Mi)mod Z, where Z is the total number of frequency domain resources and/or sequence cyclic shift resources in the resource set for transmitting the control information, and mod represents the modulo operation. Optionally, when the resource is a time domain resource, its unit is symbol, time slot or subframe, etc.; when the resource is a frequency domain resource, its unit is subchannel, resource block, subcarrier, resource pool, carrier Or bandwidth part; when the resource is a sequence or code domain resource, its unit is a sequence or code channel; when the resource is a spatial domain resource, its unit is a spatial beam direction, a spatial layer or a precoding vector. In the above possible implementations, different resources can be selected for member devices in the same group as much as possible to ensure that each resource in the resource set can be fully utilized, thereby reducing the cyclic shift value required by multiple member devices To improve detection performance.
在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中,第一设备的标识Mi为以下中的任意一种:标识第一设备的编号,第一设备的成员标识,接收第二设备发送的第一数据的设备标识。可选的,所述第一设备的标识可以是高层消息指示的标识,也可以是物理层消息指示的标识,还可以是应用层消息指示的标识,本申请对此不做限定。上述可能的实现方式中,可以将不同的第一设备相关的标识作为第一设备的标识Mi,从而可以灵活地标识第一设备的标识,从而提高系统的灵活性和多样性。可选的,标识第一设备的编号可以是标识第一设备传输信息时的标识或物理标识。例如,可以是以下中的任意一种:第一设备发送控制信息时的控制信息的循环冗余校验(cyclic redundancy check,CRC)的掩码,RNTI、国际移动用户识别码(international mobile subscriber identification number,IMSI)、国际移动设备识别码(international mobile equipment identity,IMEI)、临时UE识别号S-TMSI、全球唯一临时UE标识(globally unique temporary UE identity,GUTI)和IP地址。In a possible implementation of the first aspect, the identifier Mi of the first device is any one of the following: a number identifying the first device, a member identifier of the first device, and receiving first data sent by the second device Device ID. Optionally, the identifier of the first device may be an identifier indicated by a high-level message, may also be an identifier indicated by a physical layer message, or may also be an identifier indicated by an application layer message, which is not limited in this application. In the foregoing possible implementation manners, different identifications related to the first device can be used as the identification Mi of the first device, so that the identification of the first device can be flexibly identified, thereby improving the flexibility and diversity of the system. Optionally, the number that identifies the first device may be an identification or a physical identification when the first device transmits information. For example, it can be any of the following: the mask of the cyclic redundancy check (CRC) of the control information when the first device sends the control information, RNTI, international mobile subscriber identification code (international mobile subscriber identification) number, IMSI), international mobile equipment identity (IMEI), temporary UE identification number S-TMSI, globally unique temporary UE identity (GUTI), and IP address.
在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中,第一序列的基序列为预定义的基序列,第一序列的长度为12。例如:预定义的基序列可以为ZC序列,或通过计算机搜索、数学分析等给出的具有优良相关特性的序列。In a possible implementation of the first aspect, the base sequence of the first sequence is a predefined base sequence, and the length of the first sequence is 12. For example: the predefined base sequence can be a ZC sequence, or a sequence with excellent correlation characteristics given by computer search, mathematical analysis, etc.
在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中,控制信息为对应第二设备发送的第一数据的应答信息,应答信息包括肯定应答或否定应答。上述可能的实现方式中,可以在无网络或无中心节点控制的情况下,实现多个用户设备在相同的资源或资源集上以码分复用的方式分别发送控制或反馈信息。In a possible implementation of the first aspect, the control information is response information corresponding to the first data sent by the second device, and the response information includes an affirmative response or a negative response. In the foregoing possible implementation manners, without network or central node control, multiple user equipments can respectively send control or feedback information in a code division multiplexing manner on the same resource or resource set.
在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中,第一数据的肯定应答对应第一序列的第一循环移位值,第一数据的否定应答对应第一序列的第二循环移位值,第一循环移位值与第二循环移位值不同。上述可能的实现方式中,当不同用户设备在相同的资源或资源集上以码分复用的方式分别发送肯定的应答ACK或否定的应答NACK时,同一个用户设备的ACK和NACK之间所使用的循环移位值不同,从而实现同一用户设备对于同一数据的不同应答信息的传输,以便于接收应答消息的用户设备能够有效地区分出当前检测到的是ACK的应答还是NACK的应答,减少错误检测的概率,提升系统性能。In a possible implementation of the first aspect, the positive response of the first data corresponds to the first cyclic shift value of the first sequence, and the negative response of the first data corresponds to the second cyclic shift value of the first sequence. One cyclic shift value is different from the second cyclic shift value. In the foregoing possible implementation manners, when different user equipments respectively send positive acknowledgement ACK or negative acknowledgement NACK on the same resource or resource set in a code division multiplexing manner, there is a difference between the ACK and NACK of the same user equipment. The cyclic shift values used are different, so as to realize the transmission of different response information of the same user equipment to the same data, so that the user equipment receiving the response message can effectively distinguish whether the currently detected ACK response or NACK response is currently detected. The probability of false detection improves system performance.
在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中,第一序列的循环移位值由该资源的索引Fi、 第一设备的标识Mi以及循环移位对的数量Y确定。上述可能的实现方式中,可以确保所有用户设备之间的序列具有尽可能均匀地的循环移位值的分配,以实现多用户设备间码分复用传输时的最佳的信息传输效果,和对应接收机侧的最佳的检测性能。In a possible implementation of the first aspect, the cyclic shift value of the first sequence is determined by the index Fi of the resource, the identifier Mi of the first device, and the number Y of cyclic shift pairs. In the above possible implementation manners, it is possible to ensure that the sequence between all user equipments has as even a distribution of cyclic shift values as possible, so as to achieve the best information transmission effect during code division multiplexing transmission between multiple user equipments, and Corresponds to the best detection performance on the receiver side.
在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中,第一序列的循环移位值由第一设备的标识Mi与该资源的索引Fi之差确定。上述可能的实现方式中,可以提高确定第一序列的循环移位值的速度和多样性,并确保所有用户设备之间的序列具有尽可能均匀地的循环移位值的分配,以实现多用户设备间码分复用传输时的最佳的信息传输效果,和最好的对应接收机侧的检测性能。In a possible implementation of the first aspect, the cyclic shift value of the first sequence is determined by the difference between the identifier Mi of the first device and the index Fi of the resource. In the above possible implementation manners, the speed and diversity of determining the cyclic shift value of the first sequence can be improved, and the sequence between all user equipments can be distributed as evenly as possible to realize multi-user. The best information transmission effect during code division multiplexing transmission between devices and the best detection performance on the receiver side.
在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中,循环移位对的数量为Y;第一序列的循环移位值由(Mi-Fi)/Y确定;或者,第一序列的循环移位值由(K+Mi-Fi)/Y确定。上述可能的实现方式中,可以确保所有用户设备之间的序列具有尽可能均匀地的循环移位值的分配,以实现多用户设备间码分复用传输时的最佳的信息传输效果,和对应接收机侧的最佳的检测性能。In a possible implementation of the first aspect, the number of cyclic shift pairs is Y; the cyclic shift value of the first sequence is determined by (Mi-Fi)/Y; or, the cyclic shift value of the first sequence Determined by (K+Mi-Fi)/Y. In the above possible implementation manners, it is possible to ensure that the sequence between all user equipments has as even a distribution of cyclic shift values as possible, so as to achieve the best information transmission effect during code division multiplexing transmission between multiple user equipments, and Corresponds to the best detection performance on the receiver side.
在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中,第一序列的循环移位值由b*((K+Mi-Fi)/Y+C)确定,其中b为正整数,C为整数;或者,第一序列的循环移位值由b*((K+Mi-Fi)/Y+C)mod Ncs确定,其中Ncs为循环移位的数量,Ncs和b为正整数,C为整数。作为一种特例,可选的C可以取值为0。可选的,Ncs可以取值4,6,8或12等;可选的,Ncs可以是协议预定义的或信令配置的,如配置在资源池上的。可选的,b可以取值为1,2,3等。可选的,b的取值为(Ncs/Y),其中Y为正整数,例如取值为1,2,3,4,6等。可选的,Y为序列的循环移位对的数量,可以是预定义的或信令配置的。上述可能的实现方式中,可以确保所有用户设备之间的序列具有尽可能均匀地的循环移位值的分配,以实现多用户设备间码分复用传输时的最佳的信息传输效果,和对应接收机侧的最佳的检测性能。In a possible implementation of the first aspect, the cyclic shift value of the first sequence is determined by b*((K+Mi-Fi)/Y+C), where b is a positive integer and C is an integer; or , The cyclic shift value of the first sequence is determined by b*((K+Mi-Fi)/Y+C)mod Ncs, where Ncs is the number of cyclic shifts, Ncs and b are positive integers, and C is an integer. As a special case, the optional C can take the value 0. Optionally, Ncs can take a value of 4, 6, 8, or 12; optionally, Ncs can be predefined by the protocol or configured by signaling, such as configured on a resource pool. Optionally, b can take the value 1, 2, 3, etc. Optionally, the value of b is (Ncs/Y), where Y is a positive integer, for example, the value is 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, and so on. Optionally, Y is the number of cyclic shift pairs of the sequence, which may be predefined or configured by signaling. In the above possible implementation manners, it is possible to ensure that the sequence between all user equipments has as even a distribution of cyclic shift values as possible, so as to achieve the best information transmission effect during code division multiplexing transmission between multiple user equipments, and Corresponds to the best detection performance on the receiver side.
进一步的,第一序列的循环移位值包括第一序列的第一循环移位值或第一序列的第二循环移位值,第一序列的第二循环移位值与第一序列的第一循环移位值之差为循环移位的数量Ncs的二分之一、三分之一或四分之一,例如可以为6,4,3或2。上述可能的实现方式中,可以确保所有用户设备之间的序列具有尽可能均匀地的循环移位值的分配,以实现多用户设备间码分复用传输时的最佳的信息传输效果,和最好的对应接收机侧的检测性能。Further, the cyclic shift value of the first sequence includes the first cyclic shift value of the first sequence or the second cyclic shift value of the first sequence, the second cyclic shift value of the first sequence and the first sequence of the first sequence The difference of a cyclic shift value is one-half, one-third, or one-fourth of the number of cyclic shifts Ncs, for example, it can be 6, 4, 3, or 2. In the above possible implementation manners, it is possible to ensure that the sequence between all user equipments has as even a distribution of cyclic shift values as possible, so as to achieve the best information transmission effect during code division multiplexing transmission between multiple user equipments, and The best corresponds to the detection performance on the receiver side.
在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中,第一序列的循环移位值由资源的索引Fi和第一设备的标识Mi从预定义的多个循环移位值中确定。上述可能的实现方式中,可以确保所有用户设备之间的序列具有尽可能均匀地的循环移位值的分配,以实现多用户设备间码分复用传输时的最佳的信息传输效果,和对应接收机侧的最佳的检测性能。In a possible implementation of the first aspect, the cyclic shift value of the first sequence is determined from a plurality of predefined cyclic shift values by the index Fi of the resource and the identifier Mi of the first device. In the above possible implementation manners, it is possible to ensure that the sequence between all user equipments has as even a distribution of cyclic shift values as possible, so as to achieve the best information transmission effect during code division multiplexing transmission between multiple user equipments, and Corresponds to the best detection performance on the receiver side.
进一步的,预定义的多个循环移位值包括以下任一种:以等间隔的方式排列的一组循环移位值;多组循环移位值,每组循环移位值以等间隔的方式排列。上述可能的实现方式中,可以确保所有用户设备之间的序列具有尽可能均匀地的循环移位值的分配,以实现多用户设备间码分复用传输时的最佳的信息传输效果,和对应接收机侧的最佳的检测性能。Further, the multiple predefined cyclic shift values include any one of the following: a group of cyclic shift values arranged at equal intervals; multiple groups of cyclic shift values, each group of cyclic shift values is arranged at equal intervals arrangement. In the above possible implementation manners, it is possible to ensure that the sequence between all user equipments has as even a distribution of cyclic shift values as possible, so as to achieve the best information transmission effect during code division multiplexing transmission between multiple user equipments, and Corresponds to the best detection performance on the receiver side.
在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中,第一序列的根序列号和所述第一序列的循 环移位值由资源的索引Fi和第一设备的标识Mi从预配置或配置在资源集上的U个序列中确定,所述U为大于或等于2的整数。上述可能的实现方式中,通过在资源集上预配置或配置U个序列,可以进一步降低多个用户设备之间的序列的互相关性,同时满足更多用户设备之间的控制信息传输的码分复用,从而实现多用户设备间码分复用传输时的最佳的信息传输效果,和对应接收机侧的最佳的检测性能。In a possible implementation of the first aspect, the root sequence number of the first sequence and the cyclic shift value of the first sequence are pre-configured from the resource index Fi and the first device identifier Mi. It is determined from the U sequences on the set, and the U is an integer greater than or equal to 2. In the foregoing possible implementation manners, by pre-configuring or configuring U sequences on the resource set, the cross-correlation of the sequences among multiple user equipments can be further reduced, and at the same time, the code for transmission of control information between more user equipments can be satisfied. Division multiplexing, so as to achieve the best information transmission effect during code division multiplexing transmission between multi-user equipment and the best detection performance on the corresponding receiver side.
进一步的,循环移位值包括两组,每组对应一个根序列号和一组循环移位值,两组对应的根序列号不同,两组对应的循环移位值相同或不同。上述可能的实现方式中,可以进一步降低多个用户设备之间的序列的互相关性,同时满足更多用户设备之间的控制信息传输的码分复用,从而实现多用户设备间码分复用传输时的最佳的信息传输效果,和对应接收机侧的最佳的检测性能。Further, the cyclic shift value includes two groups, and each group corresponds to a root sequence number and a group of cyclic shift values. The two groups have different root sequence numbers, and the two groups have the same or different cyclic shift values. In the above possible implementation manners, the cross-correlation of the sequences between multiple user equipments can be further reduced, and at the same time, the code division multiplexing of control information transmission between more user equipments can be satisfied, thereby realizing code division multiplexing among multiple user equipments. Use the best information transmission effect during transmission and the best detection performance on the corresponding receiver side.
第二方面,提供一种控制信息传输方法,应用于第二设备,该方法包括:接收第一设备通过第一序列发送的控制信息,其中,第一序列的循环移位值由物理层源标识K和第一设备的标识Mi确定,循环移位值用于生成第一序列;根据第一序列获取第一设备发送的控制信息。In a second aspect, a control information transmission method is provided, which is applied to a second device, and the method includes: receiving control information sent by a first device through a first sequence, wherein the cyclic shift value of the first sequence is identified by a physical layer source K and the identity Mi of the first device are determined, and the cyclic shift value is used to generate the first sequence; the control information sent by the first device is acquired according to the first sequence.
上述技术方案中,在无网络或无中心节点控制的情况下,能够在同一个资源或资源集上实现多用户设备传输控制信息时的码分复用,以确保所有用户设备之间的序列具有尽可能均匀地的循环移位值的分配值,以实现多用户设备间码分复用传输时的最佳的信息传输效果,和对应接收机侧的最佳的检测性能。In the above technical solution, without network or central node control, code division multiplexing when multiple user equipment transmits control information can be implemented on the same resource or resource set to ensure that all user equipment sequences have The distribution value of the cyclic shift value is as uniform as possible to achieve the best information transmission effect during code division multiplexing transmission between multi-user equipment and the best detection performance on the corresponding receiver side.
在第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该资源包括:时域资源、频域资源、码域资源或空域资源中的任意一种或多种。In a possible implementation of the second aspect, the resource includes any one or more of time domain resources, frequency domain resources, code domain resources, or space domain resources.
在第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,第一序列的循环移位值还由资源的索引Fi确定;其中,该资源的索引Fi为:该资源在用于发送控制信息的资源集中的资源索引;或者,Fi=Mi mod Z,其中Z为发送控制信息的资源集中包括的频域资源和/或序列循环移位资源的总数量,mod表示取模操作;或者,Fi=(K+Mi)mod Z,其中Z为发送该控制信息的资源集中包括频域资源和/或序列循环移位资源的总数量,mod表示取模操作。可选地,当该资源为时域资源时,其单位为符号、时隙或子帧等;当该资源为频域资源时,其单位为子信道、资源块、子载波、资源池、载波或带宽部分;当该资源为序列或码域资源时,其单位为序列或码道;当该资源为空域资源时,其单位为空间的波束方向、空间层或预编码向量。上述可能的实现方式中,可以尽可能地为同一组内的成员设备选择不同的资源,以保证资源集中的每个资源都能被充分利用,从而减小多个成员设备需要的循环移位值的数量,以提升检测性能。In a possible implementation of the second aspect, the cyclic shift value of the first sequence is also determined by the index Fi of the resource; where the index Fi of the resource is: the resource is in the resource set for sending control information Resource index; or, Fi=Mi mod Z, where Z is the total number of frequency domain resources and/or sequence cyclic shift resources included in the resource set for sending control information, mod represents modulo operation; or, Fi=(K+ Mi) mod Z, where Z is the total number of frequency domain resources and/or sequence cyclic shift resources in the resource set for sending the control information, and mod represents the modulo operation. Optionally, when the resource is a time domain resource, its unit is symbol, time slot or subframe, etc.; when the resource is a frequency domain resource, its unit is subchannel, resource block, subcarrier, resource pool, carrier Or bandwidth part; when the resource is a sequence or code domain resource, its unit is a sequence or code channel; when the resource is a spatial domain resource, its unit is a spatial beam direction, a spatial layer or a precoding vector. In the above possible implementation manners, different resources can be selected for member devices in the same group as much as possible to ensure that each resource in the resource set can be fully utilized, thereby reducing the cyclic shift value required by multiple member devices To improve detection performance.
在第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,第一设备的标识Mi为以下中的任意一种:标识第一设备的编号,第一设备的成员标识,接收第二设备发送的第一数据的设备标识。可选的,第一设备的标识可以是高层消息指示的标识,也可以是物理层消息指示的标识,还可以是应用层消息指示的标识,本申请对此不做限定。上述可能的实现方式中,可以将不同的第一设备相关的标识作为第一设备的标识Mi,从而可以灵活地标识第一设备的标识,从而提高系统的灵活性和多样性。可选的,标识第一设备的编号可以是标识第一设备传输信息时的标识或物理标识。例如,可以是以下中的任意一种:第一设备发送控制信息时的控制信息的循环冗余校验(cyclic redundancy check,CRC) 的掩码,RNTI、国际移动用户识别码(International Mobile Subscriber Identification Number,IMSI)、国际移动设备识别码(international mobile equipment identity,IMEI)、临时UE识别号S-TMSI、全球唯一临时UE标识(Globally Unique Temporary UE Identity,GUTI)和IP地址。In a possible implementation of the second aspect, the identifier Mi of the first device is any one of the following: a number identifying the first device, a member identifier of the first device, and receiving first data sent by the second device Device ID. Optionally, the identifier of the first device may be an identifier indicated by a high-level message, may also be an identifier indicated by a physical layer message, or may also be an identifier indicated by an application layer message, which is not limited in this application. In the foregoing possible implementation manners, different identifications related to the first device can be used as the identification Mi of the first device, so that the identification of the first device can be flexibly identified, thereby improving the flexibility and diversity of the system. Optionally, the number that identifies the first device may be an identification or a physical identification when the first device transmits information. For example, it can be any of the following: the mask of the cyclic redundancy check (CRC) of the control information when the first device sends the control information, the RNTI, the International Mobile Subscriber Identification Code (International Mobile Subscriber Identification) Number, IMSI), International Mobile Equipment Identity (IMEI), Temporary UE Identification Number S-TMSI, Globally Unique Temporary UE Identity (GUTI), and IP address.
在第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,第一序列的基序列为预定义的基序列,第一序列的长度为12。例如:预定义的基序列可以为ZC序列,或通过计算机搜索、数学分析等给出的具有优良相关特性的序列。In a possible implementation of the second aspect, the base sequence of the first sequence is a predefined base sequence, and the length of the first sequence is 12. For example: the predefined base sequence can be a ZC sequence, or a sequence with excellent correlation characteristics given by computer search, mathematical analysis, etc.
在第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,控制信息为对应第二设备发送的第一数据的应答信息,应答信息包括肯定应答或否定应答。上述可能的实现方式中,可以在无网络或无中心节点控制的情况下,实现多个用户设备在相同的资源或资源集上以码分复用的方式分别发送控制或反馈信息。In a possible implementation of the second aspect, the control information is response information corresponding to the first data sent by the second device, and the response information includes an affirmative response or a negative response. In the foregoing possible implementation manners, without network or central node control, multiple user equipments can respectively transmit control or feedback information in a code division multiplexing manner on the same resource or resource set.
在第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,第一数据的肯定应答对应第一序列的第一循环移位值,第一数据的否定应答对应第一序列的第二循环移位值,第一循环移位值与第二循环移位值不同。上述可能的实现方式中,当不同用户设备在相同的资源或资源集上以码分复用的方式分别发送肯定的应答ACK或否定的应答NACK时,同一个用户设备的ACK和NACK之间所使用的循环移位值不同,从而实现同一用户设备对于同一数据的不同应答信息的传输,以便于接收应答消息的用户设备能够有效地区分出当前检测到的是ACK的应答还是NACK的应答,减少错误检测的概率,提升系统性能。In a possible implementation of the second aspect, the positive response of the first data corresponds to the first cyclic shift value of the first sequence, and the negative response of the first data corresponds to the second cyclic shift value of the first sequence. One cyclic shift value is different from the second cyclic shift value. In the foregoing possible implementation manners, when different user equipments respectively send positive acknowledgement ACK or negative acknowledgement NACK on the same resource or resource set in a code division multiplexing manner, there is a difference between the ACK and NACK of the same user equipment. The cyclic shift values used are different, so as to realize the transmission of different response information of the same user equipment to the same data, so that the user equipment receiving the response message can effectively distinguish whether the currently detected ACK response or NACK response is currently detected. The probability of false detection improves system performance.
在第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,第一序列的循环移位值由该资源的索引Fi、第一设备的标识Mi以及循环移位对的数量Y确定。上述可能的实现方式中,可以确保所有用户设备之间的序列具有尽可能均匀地的循环移位值的分配,以实现多用户设备间码分复用传输时的最佳的信息传输效果,和对应接收机侧的最佳的检测性能。In a possible implementation of the second aspect, the cyclic shift value of the first sequence is determined by the index Fi of the resource, the identifier Mi of the first device, and the number Y of cyclic shift pairs. In the above possible implementation manners, it is possible to ensure that the sequence between all user equipments has as even a distribution of cyclic shift values as possible, so as to achieve the best information transmission effect during code division multiplexing transmission between multiple user equipments, and Corresponds to the best detection performance on the receiver side.
在第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,第一序列的循环移位值由该资源的索引Fi与第一设备的标识Mi之间的差值确定。上述可能的实现方式中,可以提高确定第一序列的循环移位值的速度和多样性,并确保所有用户设备之间的序列具有尽可能均匀地的循环移位值的分配,以实现多用户设备间码分复用传输时的最佳的信息传输效果,和对应接收机侧的最佳的检测性能。In a possible implementation of the second aspect, the cyclic shift value of the first sequence is determined by the difference between the index Fi of the resource and the identifier Mi of the first device. In the above possible implementation manners, the speed and diversity of determining the cyclic shift value of the first sequence can be improved, and the sequence between all user equipments can be distributed as evenly as possible to realize multi-user. The best information transmission effect during code division multiplexing transmission between devices, and the best detection performance on the corresponding receiver side.
在第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,循环移位对的数量为Y;第一序列的循环移位值由(Mi-Fi)/Y确定;或者,第一序列的循环移位值由(K+Mi-Fi)/Y确定,其中K为第一设备从第二设备接收到的物理层源标识。上述可能的实现方式中,可以确保所有用户设备之间的序列具有尽可能均匀地的循环移位值的分配,以实现多用户设备间码分复用传输时的最佳的信息传输效果,和对应接收机侧的最佳的检测性能。In a possible implementation of the second aspect, the number of cyclic shift pairs is Y; the cyclic shift value of the first sequence is determined by (Mi-Fi)/Y; or, the cyclic shift value of the first sequence Determined by (K+Mi-Fi)/Y, where K is the physical layer source identifier received by the first device from the second device. In the above possible implementation manners, it is possible to ensure that the sequence between all user equipments has as even a distribution of cyclic shift values as possible, so as to achieve the best information transmission effect during code division multiplexing transmission between multiple user equipments, and Corresponds to the best detection performance on the receiver side.
在第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,第一序列的循环移位值由b*((K+Mi-Fi)/Y+C)确定,其中K为从第二设备接收到的物理层源标识,b为正整数,C为整数;或者,第一序列的循环移位值由b*((K+Mi-Fi)/Y+C)mod Ncs确定,其中K为从第二设备接收到的物理层源标识,Ncs为循环移位的数量,Ncs和b为正整数,C为整数。作为一种特例,可选的C可以取值为0。可选的,Ncs可以取值4,6,8或12等;可选的,Ncs可以是协议预定义的或信令配置的,如配置在资源池上的。可选的,b可以 取值为1,2,3等。可选的,b的取值为(Ncs/Y),其中Y为正整数,例如取值为1,2,3,4,6等。可选的,Y为序列的循环移位对的数量,可以是预定义的或信令配置的。上述可能的实现方式中,可以确保所有用户设备之间的序列具有尽可能均匀地的循环移位值的分配,以实现多用户设备间码分复用传输时的最佳的信息传输效果,和对应接收机侧的最佳的检测性能。In a possible implementation of the second aspect, the cyclic shift value of the first sequence is determined by b*((K+Mi-Fi)/Y+C), where K is the physical value received from the second device Layer source identification, b is a positive integer, C is an integer; or, the cyclic shift value of the first sequence is determined by b*((K+Mi-Fi)/Y+C)mod Ncs, where K is the slave second device The received physical layer source identifier, Ncs is the number of cyclic shifts, Ncs and b are positive integers, and C is an integer. As a special case, the optional C can take the value 0. Optionally, Ncs can take a value of 4, 6, 8, or 12; optionally, Ncs can be predefined by the protocol or configured by signaling, such as configured on a resource pool. Optionally, b can take the value 1, 2, 3, etc. Optionally, the value of b is (Ncs/Y), where Y is a positive integer, for example, the value is 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, and so on. Optionally, Y is the number of cyclic shift pairs of the sequence, which may be predefined or configured by signaling. In the above possible implementation manners, it is possible to ensure that the sequence between all user equipments has as even a distribution of cyclic shift values as possible, so as to achieve the best information transmission effect during code division multiplexing transmission between multiple user equipments, and Corresponds to the best detection performance on the receiver side.
在第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,第一序列的循环移位值包括第一序列的第一循环移位值或第一序列的第二循环移位值,第一序列的第二循环移位值与第一序列的第一循环移位值之差为循环移位的数量Ncs的二分之一、三分之一或四分之一,例如可以为6,4,3或2。上述可能的实现方式中,可以确保所有用户设备之间的序列具有尽可能均匀地的循环移位值的分配,以实现多用户设备间码分复用传输时的最佳的信息传输效果,和最好的对应接收机侧的检测性能。In a possible implementation of the second aspect, the cyclic shift value of the first sequence includes the first cyclic shift value of the first sequence or the second cyclic shift value of the first sequence, and the second cyclic shift value of the first sequence The difference between the cyclic shift value and the first cyclic shift value of the first sequence is one-half, one-third, or one-quarter of the number of cyclic shifts Ncs, for example, it can be 6, 4, 3, or 2. . In the above possible implementation manners, it is possible to ensure that the sequence between all user equipments has as even a distribution of cyclic shift values as possible, so as to achieve the best information transmission effect during code division multiplexing transmission between multiple user equipments, and The best corresponds to the detection performance on the receiver side.
在第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,第一序列的循环移位值由该资源的索引Fi和第一设备的标识Mi从预定义的多个循环移位值中确定。上述可能的实现方式中,可以确保所有用户设备之间的序列具有尽可能均匀地的循环移位值的分配,以实现多用户设备间码分复用传输时的最佳的信息传输效果,和对应接收机侧的最佳的检测性能。In a possible implementation of the second aspect, the cyclic shift value of the first sequence is determined from a plurality of predefined cyclic shift values by the index Fi of the resource and the identifier Mi of the first device. In the above possible implementation manners, it can be ensured that the sequence between all user equipments has a distribution of cyclic shift values as evenly as possible, so as to achieve the best information transmission effect during code division multiplexing transmission between multi-user equipment, and Corresponds to the best detection performance on the receiver side.
在第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,预定义的多个循环移位值包括以下任一种:以等间隔的方式排列的一组循环移位值;多组循环移位值,每组循环移位值以等间隔的方式排列。上述可能的实现方式中,可以确保所有用户设备之间的序列具有尽可能均匀地的循环移位值的分配,以实现多用户设备间码分复用传输时的最佳的信息传输效果,和对应接收机侧的最佳的检测性能。In a possible implementation of the second aspect, the multiple predefined cyclic shift values include any one of the following: a group of cyclic shift values arranged in an equally spaced manner; multiple groups of cyclic shift values, each The group cyclic shift values are arranged at equal intervals. In the above possible implementation manners, it is possible to ensure that the sequence between all user equipments has as even a distribution of cyclic shift values as possible, so as to achieve the best information transmission effect during code division multiplexing transmission between multiple user equipments, and Corresponds to the best detection performance on the receiver side.
在第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,第一序列的根序列号和第一序列的循环移位值由该资源的索引Fi和第一设备的标识Mi从预配置或配置在资源集上的U个序列中确定,U为大于或等于2的整数。上述可能的实现方式中,通过在资源集上预配置或配置U个序列,可以进一步降低多个用户设备之间的序列的互相关性,同时满足更多用户设备之间的控制信息传输的码分复用,从而实现多用户设备间码分复用传输时的最佳的信息传输效果,和对应接收机侧的最佳的检测性能。In a possible implementation of the second aspect, the root sequence number of the first sequence and the cyclic shift value of the first sequence are pre-configured or configured in the resource set by the index Fi of the resource and the identifier Mi of the first device. Determined from the U sequences above, U is an integer greater than or equal to 2. In the foregoing possible implementation manners, by pre-configuring or configuring U sequences on the resource set, the cross-correlation of the sequences among multiple user equipments can be further reduced, and at the same time, the code for transmission of control information between more user equipments can be satisfied. Division multiplexing, so as to achieve the best information transmission effect during code division multiplexing transmission between multi-user equipment and the best detection performance on the corresponding receiver side.
在第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,循环移位值包括两组,每组对应一个根序列号和一组循环移位值,两组对应的根序列号不同,两组对应的循环移位值相同或不同。上述可能的实现方式中,可以进一步降低多个用户设备之间的序列的互相关性,同时满足更多用户设备之间的控制信息传输的码分复用,从而实现多用户设备间码分复用传输时的最佳的信息传输效果,和对应接收机侧的最佳的检测性能。In a possible implementation of the second aspect, the cyclic shift value includes two groups, and each group corresponds to a root sequence number and a group of cyclic shift values. The two groups have different root sequence numbers, and the two groups correspond to cyclic shift values. The shift value is the same or different. In the above possible implementation manners, the cross-correlation of the sequences between multiple user equipments can be further reduced, and at the same time, the code division multiplexing of control information transmission between more user equipments can be satisfied, thereby realizing code division multiplexing among multiple user equipments. Use the best information transmission effect during transmission and the best detection performance on the corresponding receiver side.
第三方面,提供一种控制信息传输装置,该装置作为第一设备,包括:处理单元,用于根据物理层源标识K和第一设备的标识Mi确定第一序列的循环移位值;处理单元,还用于根据循环移位值生成第一序列;发送单元,用于在资源上通过第一序列向第二设备发送控制信息。In a third aspect, a control information transmission device is provided. As a first device, the device includes: a processing unit configured to determine the cyclic shift value of the first sequence according to the physical layer source identifier K and the identifier Mi of the first device; processing The unit is also used to generate the first sequence according to the cyclic shift value; the sending unit is used to send the control information to the second device through the first sequence on the resource.
在第三方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该资源包括:时域资源、频域资源、码域资源或空域资源中的任意一种或多种。In a possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the resource includes any one or more of time domain resources, frequency domain resources, code domain resources, or space domain resources.
在第三方面的一种可能的实现方式中,处理单元,用于还用于:根据所述资源的 索引Fi确定第一序列的循环移位值;其中,该资源的索引Fi为:该资源在用于发送控制信息的资源集中的资源索引;或者,Fi=Mi mod Z,其中Z为发送控制信息的资源集中包括的频域资源和/或序列循环移位资源的总数量,mod表示取模操作;或者,Fi=(K+Mi)mod Z,其中Z为发送该控制信息的资源集中包括频域资源和/或序列循环移位资源的总数量,mod表示取模操作。In a possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the processing unit is further configured to: determine the cyclic shift value of the first sequence according to the index Fi of the resource; wherein the index Fi of the resource is: the resource The resource index in the resource set for sending control information; or Fi=Mi mod Z, where Z is the total number of frequency domain resources and/or sequence cyclic shift resources included in the resource set for sending control information, and mod means to take Modulus operation; or, Fi=(K+Mi)mod Z, where Z is the total number of frequency domain resources and/or sequence cyclic shift resources in the resource set for sending the control information, and mod represents the modulus operation.
在第三方面的一种可能的实现方式中,第一设备的标识Mi为以下中的任意一种:标识第一设备的编号,第一设备的成员标识,接收第二设备发送的第一数据的设备标识。可选的,第一设备的标识可以是高层消息指示的标识,也可以是物理层消息指示的标识,还可以是应用层消息指示的标识。In a possible implementation of the third aspect, the identifier Mi of the first device is any one of the following: a number identifying the first device, a member identifier of the first device, and receiving first data sent by the second device Device ID. Optionally, the identifier of the first device may be an identifier indicated by a high-level message, may also be an identifier indicated by a physical layer message, or may also be an identifier indicated by an application layer message.
在第三方面的一种可能的实现方式中,第一序列的基序列为预定义的基序列,第一序列的长度为12。例如:预定义的基序列可以为ZC序列,或通过计算机搜索、数学分析等给出的具有优良相关特性的序列。In a possible implementation of the third aspect, the base sequence of the first sequence is a predefined base sequence, and the length of the first sequence is 12. For example: the predefined base sequence can be a ZC sequence, or a sequence with excellent correlation characteristics given by computer search, mathematical analysis, etc.
在第三方面的一种可能的实现方式中,控制信息为对应第二设备发送的第一数据的应答信息,应答信息包括肯定应答或否定应答。In a possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the control information is response information corresponding to the first data sent by the second device, and the response information includes an affirmative response or a negative response.
在第三方面的一种可能的实现方式中,第一数据的肯定应答对应第一序列的第一循环移位值,第一数据的否定应答对应第一序列的第二循环移位值,第一循环移位值与第二循环移位值不同。In a possible implementation of the third aspect, the positive response of the first data corresponds to the first cyclic shift value of the first sequence, and the negative response of the first data corresponds to the second cyclic shift value of the first sequence. One cyclic shift value is different from the second cyclic shift value.
在第三方面的一种可能的实现方式中,处理单元还用于:根据该资源的索引Fi、第一设备的标识Mi以及循环移位对的数量Y确定第一序列的循环移位值。In a possible implementation of the third aspect, the processing unit is further configured to determine the cyclic shift value of the first sequence according to the index Fi of the resource, the identifier Mi of the first device, and the number Y of cyclic shift pairs.
在第三方面的一种可能的实现方式中,处理单元还用于:根据第一设备的标识Mi与该资源的索引Fi之差确定第一序列的循环移位值。In a possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the processing unit is further configured to determine the cyclic shift value of the first sequence according to the difference between the identifier Mi of the first device and the index Fi of the resource.
在第三方面的一种可能的实现方式中,循环移位对的数量为Y,处理单元还用于:根据(Mi-Fi)/Y确定第一序列的循环移位值;或者,根据(K+Mi-Fi)/Y确定第一序列的循环移位值,其中K为从第二设备接收到的物理层源标识。In a possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the number of cyclic shift pairs is Y, and the processing unit is further configured to: determine the cyclic shift value of the first sequence according to (Mi-Fi)/Y; or, according to ( K+Mi-Fi)/Y determines the cyclic shift value of the first sequence, where K is the physical layer source identifier received from the second device.
在第三方面的一种可能的实现方式中,处理单元还用于:根据b*((K+Mi-Fi)/Y+C)确定第一序列的循环移位值,其中b为正整数,C为整数;或者,根据b*((K+Mi-Fi)/Y+C)mod Ncs确定第一序列的循环移位值,其中Ncs为循环移位的数量,Ncs和b为正整数,C为整数。作为一种特例,可选的C可以取值为0。可选的,Ncs可以取值4,6,8或12等;可选的,Ncs可以是协议预定义的或信令配置的,如配置在资源池上的。可选的,b可以取值为1,2,3等。可选的,b的取值为(Ncs/Y),其中Y为正整数,例如取值为1,2,3,4,6等。可选的,Y为序列的循环移位对的数量,可以是预定义的或信令配置的。进一步的,第一序列的循环移位值包括第一序列的第一循环移位值或第一序列的第二循环移位值,第一序列的第二循环移位值与第一序列的第一循环移位值之差为循环移位的数量Ncs的二分之一、三分之一或四分之一,例如可以为6,4,3或2。In a possible implementation of the third aspect, the processing unit is further configured to: determine the cyclic shift value of the first sequence according to b*((K+Mi-Fi)/Y+C), where b is a positive integer , C is an integer; or, determine the cyclic shift value of the first sequence according to b*((K+Mi-Fi)/Y+C)mod Ncs, where Ncs is the number of cyclic shifts, and Ncs and b are positive integers , C is an integer. As a special case, the optional C can take the value 0. Optionally, Ncs can take a value of 4, 6, 8, or 12; optionally, Ncs can be predefined by the protocol or configured by signaling, such as configured on a resource pool. Optionally, b can take the value 1, 2, 3, etc. Optionally, the value of b is (Ncs/Y), where Y is a positive integer, for example, the value is 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, and so on. Optionally, Y is the number of cyclic shift pairs of the sequence, which may be predefined or configured by signaling. Further, the cyclic shift value of the first sequence includes the first cyclic shift value of the first sequence or the second cyclic shift value of the first sequence, the second cyclic shift value of the first sequence and the first sequence of the first sequence The difference of a cyclic shift value is one-half, one-third, or one-fourth of the number of cyclic shifts Ncs, for example, it can be 6, 4, 3, or 2.
在第三方面的一种可能的实现方式中,处理单元还用于:根据该资源的索引Fi和第一设备的标识Mi从预定义的多个循环移位值中确定出第一序列的循环移位值。进一步的,预定义的多个循环移位值包括以下任一种:以等间隔的方式排列的一组循环移位值;多组循环移位值,每组循环移位值以等间隔的方式排列。In a possible implementation of the third aspect, the processing unit is further configured to: determine the cycle of the first sequence from a plurality of predefined cyclic shift values according to the index Fi of the resource and the identifier Mi of the first device. Shift value. Further, the multiple predefined cyclic shift values include any one of the following: a group of cyclic shift values arranged at equal intervals; multiple groups of cyclic shift values, each group of cyclic shift values is arranged at equal intervals arrangement.
在第三方面的一种可能的实现方式中,还用于:根据该资源的索引Fi和第一设备的标识Mi从预配置或配置在资源集上的U个序列中确定第一序列的根序列号和循环移位值,U为大于或等于2的整数。进一步的,循环移位值包括两组,每组对应一个根序列号和一组循环移位值,两组对应的根序列号不同,两组对应的循环移位值相同或不同。In a possible implementation of the third aspect, it is also used to: determine the root of the first sequence from U sequences pre-configured or configured on the resource set according to the index Fi of the resource and the identity Mi of the first device. Sequence number and cyclic shift value, U is an integer greater than or equal to 2. Further, the cyclic shift value includes two groups, and each group corresponds to a root sequence number and a group of cyclic shift values. The two groups have different root sequence numbers, and the two groups have the same or different cyclic shift values.
第四方面,提供一种控制信息传输装置,该装置作为第二设备,包括:接收单元,用于接收第一设备通过第一序列发送的控制信息,其中,第一序列的循环移位值由物理层源标识K和第一设备的标识Mi确定,循环移位值用于生成第一序列;处理单元,用于根据第一序列获取第一设备发送的控制信息。In a fourth aspect, a control information transmission device is provided. As a second device, the device includes: a receiving unit configured to receive control information sent by the first device through a first sequence, wherein the cyclic shift value of the first sequence is determined by The physical layer source identifier K and the identifier Mi of the first device are determined, and the cyclic shift value is used to generate the first sequence; the processing unit is used to obtain the control information sent by the first device according to the first sequence.
在第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该资源包括:时域资源、频域资源、码域资源或空域资源中的任意一种或多种。In a possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the resource includes any one or more of time domain resources, frequency domain resources, code domain resources, or space domain resources.
在第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,第一序列的循环移位值还由资源的索引Fi确定;其中,该资源的索引Fi为:该资源在用于发送控制信息的资源集中的资源索引;或者,Fi=Mi mod Z,其中Z为发送控制信息的资源集中包括的频域资源和/或序列循环移位资源的总数量,mod表示取模操作;或者,Fi=(K+Mi)mod Z,其中Z为发送该控制信息的资源集中包括频域资源和/或序列循环移位资源的总数量,mod表示取模操作。In a possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the cyclic shift value of the first sequence is also determined by the index Fi of the resource; where the index Fi of the resource is: the resource is in the resource set for sending control information Resource index; or, Fi=Mi mod Z, where Z is the total number of frequency domain resources and/or sequence cyclic shift resources included in the resource set for sending control information, mod represents modulo operation; or, Fi=(K+ Mi) mod Z, where Z is the total number of frequency domain resources and/or sequence cyclic shift resources in the resource set for sending the control information, and mod represents the modulo operation.
在第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,第一设备的标识Mi为以下中的任意一种:标识第一设备的编号,第一设备的成员标识,接收第二设备发送的第一数据的设备标识。可选的,第一设备的标识可以是高层消息指示的标识,也可以是物理层消息指示的标识,还可以是应用层消息指示的标识。In a possible implementation of the fourth aspect, the identifier Mi of the first device is any one of the following: a number identifying the first device, a member identifier of the first device, and receiving first data sent by the second device Device ID. Optionally, the identifier of the first device may be an identifier indicated by a high-level message, may also be an identifier indicated by a physical layer message, or may also be an identifier indicated by an application layer message.
在第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,第一序列的基序列为预定义的基序列,第一序列的长度为12。例如:预定义的基序列可以为ZC序列,或通过计算机搜索、数学分析等给出的具有优良相关特性的序列。In a possible implementation of the fourth aspect, the base sequence of the first sequence is a predefined base sequence, and the length of the first sequence is 12. For example: the predefined base sequence can be a ZC sequence, or a sequence with excellent correlation characteristics given by computer search, mathematical analysis, etc.
在第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,控制信息为对应第二设备发送的第一数据的应答信息,应答信息包括肯定应答或否定应答。In a possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the control information is response information corresponding to the first data sent by the second device, and the response information includes an affirmative response or a negative response.
在第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,第一数据的肯定应答对应第一序列的第一循环移位值,第一数据的否定应答对应第一序列的第二循环移位值,第一循环移位值与第二循环移位值不同。In a possible implementation of the fourth aspect, the positive response of the first data corresponds to the first cyclic shift value of the first sequence, and the negative response of the first data corresponds to the second cyclic shift value of the first sequence. One cyclic shift value is different from the second cyclic shift value.
在第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,第一序列的循环移位值由该资源的索引Fi、第一设备的标识Mi以及循环移位对的数量Y确定。In a possible implementation of the fourth aspect, the cyclic shift value of the first sequence is determined by the index Fi of the resource, the identifier Mi of the first device, and the number Y of cyclic shift pairs.
在第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,第一序列的循环移位值由该资源的索引Fi与第一设备的标识Mi之间的差值确定。In a possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the cyclic shift value of the first sequence is determined by the difference between the index Fi of the resource and the identifier Mi of the first device.
在第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,循环移位对的数量为Y;第一序列的循环移位值由(Mi-Fi)/Y确定;或者,第一序列的循环移位值由(K+Mi-Fi)/Y确定,其中K为第一设备从第二设备接收到的物理层源标识。In a possible implementation of the fourth aspect, the number of cyclic shift pairs is Y; the cyclic shift value of the first sequence is determined by (Mi-Fi)/Y; or, the cyclic shift value of the first sequence Determined by (K+Mi-Fi)/Y, where K is the physical layer source identifier received by the first device from the second device.
在第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,第一序列的循环移位值由b*((K+Mi-Fi)/Y+C)确定,其中K为从第二设备接收到的物理层源标识,b为正整数,C为整数;或者,第一序列的循环移位值由b*((K+Mi-Fi)/Y+C)mod Ncs确定,其中K为从第二 设备接收到的物理层源标识,Ncs为循环移位的数量,Ncs和b为正整数,C为整数。作为一种特例,可选的C可以取值为0。可选的,Ncs可以取值4,6,8或12等;可选的,Ncs可以是协议预定义的或信令配置的,如配置在资源池上的。可选的,b可以取值为1,2,3等。可选的,b的取值为(Ncs/Y),其中Y为正整数,例如取值为1,2,3,4,6等。可选的,Y为序列的循环移位对的数量,可以是预定义的或信令配置的。In a possible implementation of the fourth aspect, the cyclic shift value of the first sequence is determined by b*((K+Mi-Fi)/Y+C), where K is the physical value received from the second device Layer source identification, b is a positive integer, C is an integer; or, the cyclic shift value of the first sequence is determined by b*((K+Mi-Fi)/Y+C)mod Ncs, where K is the slave second device The received physical layer source identifier, Ncs is the number of cyclic shifts, Ncs and b are positive integers, and C is an integer. As a special case, the optional C can take the value 0. Optionally, Ncs can take a value of 4, 6, 8, or 12; optionally, Ncs can be predefined by the protocol or configured by signaling, such as configured on a resource pool. Optionally, b can take the value 1, 2, 3, etc. Optionally, the value of b is (Ncs/Y), where Y is a positive integer, for example, the value is 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, and so on. Optionally, Y is the number of cyclic shift pairs of the sequence, which may be predefined or configured by signaling.
在第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,第一序列的循环移位值包括第一序列的第一循环移位值或第一序列的第二循环移位值,第一序列的第二循环移位值与第一序列的第一循环移位值之差为循环移位的数量Ncs的二分之一、三分之一或四分之一,例如可以为6,4,3或2。In a possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the cyclic shift value of the first sequence includes the first cyclic shift value of the first sequence or the second cyclic shift value of the first sequence, and the second cyclic shift value of the first sequence The difference between the cyclic shift value and the first cyclic shift value of the first sequence is one-half, one-third, or one-quarter of the number of cyclic shifts Ncs, for example, it can be 6, 4, 3, or 2. .
在第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,第一序列的循环移位值由该资源的索引Fi和第一设备的标识Mi从预定义的多个循环移位值中确定。In a possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the cyclic shift value of the first sequence is determined from a plurality of predefined cyclic shift values by the index Fi of the resource and the identifier Mi of the first device.
在第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,预定义的多个循环移位值包括以下任一种:以等间隔的方式排列的一组循环移位值;多组循环移位值,每组循环移位值以等间隔的方式排列。In a possible implementation of the fourth aspect, the multiple predefined cyclic shift values include any one of the following: a group of cyclic shift values arranged in an equally spaced manner; multiple groups of cyclic shift values, each The group cyclic shift values are arranged at equal intervals.
在第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,第一序列的根序列号和第一序列的循环移位值由该资源的索引Fi和第一设备的标识Mi从预配置或配置在资源集上的U个序列中确定,U为大于或等于2的整数。In a possible implementation of the fourth aspect, the root sequence number of the first sequence and the cyclic shift value of the first sequence are pre-configured or configured in the resource set by the index Fi of the resource and the identifier Mi of the first device. Determined from the U sequences above, U is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
在第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,循环移位值包括两组,每组对应一个根序列号和一组循环移位值,两组对应的根序列号不同,两组对应的循环移位值相同或不同。In a possible implementation of the fourth aspect, the cyclic shift value includes two groups, and each group corresponds to a root sequence number and a group of cyclic shift values. The two groups have different root sequence numbers, and the two groups correspond to cyclic shift values. The shift value is the same or different.
第五方面,提供了一种控制信息传输装置,该装置可以为第一设备或者第一设备内置的芯片等,该装置包括处理器、存储器、通信接口和总线,处理器、存储器和通信接口通过总线连接,存储器中存储有指令,当处理器运行该指令时使得该装置执行上述第一方面或第一方面的任一种可能的实现方式所提供的控制信息传输方法。In a fifth aspect, a control information transmission device is provided. The device may be a first device or a chip built in the first device. The device includes a processor, a memory, a communication interface, and a bus. Bus connection, instructions are stored in the memory, and when the processor runs the instructions, the device executes the control information transmission method provided by the first aspect or any one of the possible implementation manners of the first aspect.
第六方面,提供了一种控制信息传输装置,该装置可以为第二设备或者第二设备内置的芯片等,该装置包括处理器、存储器、通信接口和总线,处理器、存储器和通信接口通过总线连接,存储器中存储有指令,当处理器运行该指令时使得该装置执行上述第二方面或第二方面的任一种可能的实现方式所提供的控制信息传输方法。In a sixth aspect, a control information transmission device is provided. The device may be a second device or a chip built in the second device. The device includes a processor, a memory, a communication interface, and a bus. The processor, the memory and the communication interface pass through A bus is connected, and instructions are stored in the memory. When the processor runs the instructions, the device executes the control information transmission method provided by the second aspect or any one of the possible implementations of the second aspect.
在本申请的又一方面,提供了一种通信系统,该通信系统包括第一设备和第二设备;其中,第一设备为上述第三方面、第三方面的任一种可能的实现方式或者第五方面所提供的控制信息传输设备,用于执行上述第一方面或第一方面的任一种可能的实现方式所提供的控制信息传输方法;第二设备为上述第四方面、第四方面的任一种可能的实现方式或者第六方面所提供的控制信息传输设备,用于执行上述第二方面或第二方面的任一种可能的实现方式所提供的控制信息传输方法。In another aspect of the present application, a communication system is provided. The communication system includes a first device and a second device; wherein, the first device is any one of the foregoing third aspect, any one of the possible implementation manners of the third aspect, or The control information transmission device provided by the fifth aspect is used to implement the control information transmission method provided in the first aspect or any one of the possible implementations of the first aspect; the second device is the fourth aspect and the fourth aspect described above Any one of the possible implementation manners or the control information transmission device provided in the sixth aspect is configured to execute the control information transmission method provided in the foregoing second aspect or any one of the possible implementation manners of the second aspect.
在本申请的又一方面,提供一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当该指令在设备上运行时,使得该设备执行上述第一方面或第一方面的任一种可能的实现方式所提供的控制信息传输方法。In yet another aspect of the present application, a computer-readable storage medium is provided. The computer-readable storage medium stores instructions. When the instructions run on a device, the device executes the first aspect or the first aspect described above. The control information transmission method provided by any possible implementation mode.
在本申请的又一方面,提供一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质中 存储有指令,当该指令在设备上运行时,使得该设备执行上述第二方面或第二方面的任一种可能的实现方式所提供的控制信息传输方法。In another aspect of the present application, a computer-readable storage medium is provided. The computer-readable storage medium stores instructions. When the instructions run on a device, the device executes the second aspect or the second aspect described above. The control information transmission method provided by any possible implementation mode.
在本申请的又一方面,提供一种计算机程序产品,当该计算机程序产品在设备上运行时,使得该设备执行上述第一方面或第一方面的任一种可能的实现方式所提供的控制信息传输方法。In another aspect of the present application, a computer program product is provided. When the computer program product runs on a device, the device executes the control provided by the first aspect or any one of the possible implementations of the first aspect. Information transmission method.
在本申请的又一方面,提供一种计算机程序产品,当该计算机程序产品在设备上运行时,使得该设备执行上述第二方面或第二方面的任一种可能的实现方式所提供的控制信息传输方法。In another aspect of the present application, a computer program product is provided. When the computer program product runs on a device, the device executes the control provided by the second aspect or any one of the possible implementations of the second aspect. Information transmission method.
可以理解地,上述提供的任一种控制信息传输方法的装置、设备、计算机可读存储介质和计算机程序产品均用于执行上文所提供的对应的方法,因此,其所能达到的有益效果可参考上文所提供的对应的方法中的有益效果,此处不再赘述。It is understandable that any of the above-provided apparatuses, equipment, computer-readable storage media, and computer program products for controlling information transmission methods are all used to execute the corresponding methods provided above, and therefore, the beneficial effects that can be achieved Reference may be made to the beneficial effects in the corresponding methods provided above, which will not be repeated here.
附图说明Description of the drawings
图1为本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的结构示意图;FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of this application;
图2为本申请实施例提供的一种基站的结构示意图;FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of a base station provided by an embodiment of the application;
图3为本申请实施例提供的一种用户设备的结构示意图;FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of a user equipment provided by an embodiment of this application;
图4为本申请实施例提供的一种控制信息传输方法的流程示意图;FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a control information transmission method provided by an embodiment of this application;
图5为本申请实施例提供的一种多用户设备之间通信的示意图;FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of communication between multi-user equipment according to an embodiment of this application;
图6为本申请实施例提供的另一种控制信息传输方法的流程示意图;FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of another control information transmission method provided by an embodiment of this application;
图7为本申请实施例提供的一种第一设备的结构示意图;FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a first device provided by an embodiment of this application;
图8为本申请实施例提供的另一种第一设备的结构示意图;FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of another first device provided by an embodiment of this application;
图9为本申请实施例提供的一种第二设备的结构示意图;FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a second device provided by an embodiment of this application;
图10为本申请实施例提供的另一种第二设备的结构示意图。FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of another second device provided by an embodiment of this application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
本申请中,“至少一个”是指一个或者多个,“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B的情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。“以下至少一项(个)”或其类似表达,是指的这些项中的任意组合,包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如,a,b或c中的至少一项(个),可以表示:a,b,c,a和b,a和c,b和c或a、b和c,其中a、b和c可以是单个,也可以是多个。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。另外,在本申请的实施例中,“第一”、“第二”等字样并不对数量和执行次序进行限定。In this application, "at least one" refers to one or more, and "multiple" refers to two or more. "And/or" describes the association relationship of the associated objects, indicating that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A alone exists, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural. "The following at least one item (a)" or similar expressions refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of a single item (a) or a plurality of items (a). For example, at least one of a, b, or c can mean: a, b, c, a and b, a and c, b and c or a, b and c, where a, b and c can be It can be single or multiple. The character "/" generally indicates that the associated objects before and after are in an "or" relationship. In addition, in the embodiments of the present application, words such as "first" and "second" do not limit the number and execution order.
需要说明的是,本申请中,“示例性的”或者“例如”等词用于表示作例子、例证或说明。本申请中被描述为“示例性的”或者“例如”的任何实施例或设计方案不应被解释为比其他实施例或设计方案更优选或更具优势。确切而言,使用“示例性的”或者“例如”等词旨在以具体方式呈现相关概念。It should be noted that in this application, words such as "exemplary" or "for example" are used to indicate examples, illustrations, or illustrations. Any embodiment or design solution described as "exemplary" or "for example" in this application should not be construed as being more preferable or advantageous than other embodiments or design solutions. To be precise, words such as "exemplary" or "for example" are used to present related concepts in a specific manner.
在介绍本申请实施例之前,首先对本申请实施例所涉及的序列、循环移位值和根序列号之间的关系进行介绍说明。Before introducing the embodiment of the present application, firstly, the relationship between the sequence, the cyclic shift value, and the root sequence number involved in the embodiment of the present application will be introduced and explained.
序列(例如,本申请实施例中的第一序列)是由基序列经过循环移位生成的,一个基序列经过不同的循环移位可以生成多个不同的序列。根序列号用于生成基序 列,根序列号也可以称为根序列索引,基序列也可以称为根序列。下面以低峰值平均功率比(low peak to average power ratio,low-PAPR)序列
Figure PCTCN2020075394-appb-000001
为例进行说明。
The sequence (for example, the first sequence in the embodiment of the present application) is generated from a base sequence through a cyclic shift, and a base sequence may generate multiple different sequences through different cyclic shifts. The root sequence number is used to generate the base sequence. The root sequence number can also be called the root sequence index, and the base sequence can also be called the root sequence. The following is a sequence of low peak to average power ratio (low peak to average power ratio, low-PAPR)
Figure PCTCN2020075394-appb-000001
Take an example for illustration.
序列
Figure PCTCN2020075394-appb-000002
可以由一个基序列
Figure PCTCN2020075394-appb-000003
的循环移位α根据下述公式(I)来定义;
sequence
Figure PCTCN2020075394-appb-000002
Base sequence
Figure PCTCN2020075394-appb-000003
The cyclic shift α of is defined according to the following formula (I);
Figure PCTCN2020075394-appb-000004
Figure PCTCN2020075394-appb-000004
公式(I)中,
Figure PCTCN2020075394-appb-000005
表示基序列,M ZC表示基序列的长度,公式(I)中的循环移位α可以通过公式(II)来描述;
In formula (I),
Figure PCTCN2020075394-appb-000005
Represents the base sequence, M ZC represents the length of the base sequence, the cyclic shift α in formula (I) can be described by formula (II);
Figure PCTCN2020075394-appb-000006
Figure PCTCN2020075394-appb-000006
公式(II)中,m CS为长度N CS上的循环移位值。可选的,也可以将m CS称为序列的循环移位值。 In the formula (II), m CS is the cyclic shift value on the length N CS. Optionally, m CS may also be referred to as the cyclic shift value of the sequence.
其中,基序列
Figure PCTCN2020075394-appb-000007
可以为ZC序列,假设ZC序列的长度M ZC等于12,则
Figure PCTCN2020075394-appb-000008
可以通过公式(III)来表示。
Among them, the base sequence
Figure PCTCN2020075394-appb-000007
It can be a ZC sequence, assuming that the length of the ZC sequence M ZC is equal to 12, then
Figure PCTCN2020075394-appb-000008
It can be expressed by formula (III).
Figure PCTCN2020075394-appb-000009
Figure PCTCN2020075394-appb-000009
下述表1为M ZC等于12时公式(III)中u和
Figure PCTCN2020075394-appb-000010
的取值。其中u可以称为基序列
Figure PCTCN2020075394-appb-000011
的根序列号。
The following Table 1 shows that when M ZC is equal to 12, the sum of u in formula (III)
Figure PCTCN2020075394-appb-000010
The value of. Where u can be called the base sequence
Figure PCTCN2020075394-appb-000011
The root serial number.
表1Table 1
Figure PCTCN2020075394-appb-000012
Figure PCTCN2020075394-appb-000012
Figure PCTCN2020075394-appb-000013
Figure PCTCN2020075394-appb-000013
本申请提供的技术方案可应用于各种采用码分复用(code division multiple access,码分复用A)技术的无线通信系统中,例如,在现有通信系统的基础上引入码分复用A技术,4G通信系统、5G通信系统、未来演进系统或者多种通信融合系统等。本申请提供的技术方案可以包括多种应用场景,例如,机器对机器(machine to machine,M2M)、D2M、宏微通信、增强型移动互联网(enhance mobile broadband,eMBB)、超高可靠性与超低时延通信(ultra reliable & low latency communication,uRLLC)以及海量物联网通信(massive machine type communication,mMTC)等场景。这些场景可以包括但不限于:基站与基站之间的通信场景,终端与终端之间的通信场景,基站与终端之间的通信场景等。其中,网络设备与网络设备之间的通信链路可以称为回传链路(backhual link,BL),终端装置与终端装置之间的通信链路可以称为设备间链路或侧行链路(sidelink,SL),网络设备与终端装置之间的通信链路可以称为接入链路(access link,AL)。The technical solution provided in this application can be applied to various wireless communication systems using code division multiple access (code division multiple access, code division multiple access A) technology, for example, the introduction of code division multiplexing on the basis of existing communication systems A technology, 4G communication system, 5G communication system, future evolution system or multiple communication integration systems, etc. The technical solutions provided by this application can include multiple application scenarios, such as machine to machine (M2M), D2M, macro and micro communications, enhanced mobile broadband (eMBB), ultra-high reliability and ultra-high reliability. Scenarios such as ultra-reliable & low-latency communication (uRLLC) and massive machine type communication (mMTC). These scenarios may include, but are not limited to: a communication scenario between a base station and a base station, a communication scenario between a terminal and a terminal, a communication scenario between a base station and a terminal, and so on. Among them, the communication link between the network device and the network device can be called the backhaul link (backhual link, BL), and the communication link between the terminal device and the terminal device can be called the inter-device link or the side link (Sidelink, SL), the communication link between the network device and the terminal device may be called an access link (AL).
图1为本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的结构示意图,该通信系统可以包括至少一个网络设备100和至少一个终端装置200,网络设备100可以与终端装置200之间通信,终端装置200与终端装置200之间也可以通信。图2中以一个网络设备100和三个终端装置200为例进行举例说明。1 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the application. The communication system may include at least one network device 100 and at least one terminal device 200. The network device 100 can communicate with the terminal device 200, and the terminal device 200 can communicate with each other. The terminal devices 200 can also communicate with each other. In FIG. 2, one network device 100 and three terminal devices 200 are taken as an example for illustration.
在本申请中,网络设备100,例如包括接入网(access network,AN)设备,例如基站(例如,接入点),可以是指接入网中在空口通过一个或多个小区与无线终端设备通信的设备,或者例如,一种V2X技术中的网络设备为路侧单元(road side unit,RSU)。基站可用于将收到的空中帧与IP分组进行相互转换,作为终端设备与接入网的其余部分之间的路由器,其中接入网的其余部分可包括IP网络。RSU可以是支持V2X应用的固定基础设施实体,可以与支持V2X应用的其他实体交换消息。网络设备还可协调对空口的属性管理。例如,网络设备可以包括LTE系统或高级长期演进(long term evolution-advanced,LTE-A)中的演进型基站(nodeB或eNB或e-nodeB,evolutional Node B),或者也可以包括5G新无线(new radio,NR)系统(也简称为NR系统)中的下一代节点B(next generation node B,gNB)或者也可以包括云接入网(cloud radio access network,Cloud RAN)系统中的集中式单元(centralized unit,CU)和分布式单元(distributed unit,DU),本申请实施例并不限定。In this application, the network equipment 100, for example, includes an access network (access network, AN) equipment, such as a base station (e.g., access point), which may refer to the access network through one or more cells and wireless terminals on the air interface. The device for device communication, or, for example, a network device in a V2X technology is a road side unit (RSU). The base station can be used to convert the received air frame and IP packet to each other, as a router between the terminal device and the rest of the access network, where the rest of the access network can include the IP network. The RSU can be a fixed infrastructure entity that supports V2X applications, and can exchange messages with other entities that support V2X applications. The network equipment can also coordinate the attribute management of the air interface. For example, the network equipment may include an evolved base station (nodeB or eNB or e-nodeB, evolutional Node B) in the LTE system or long term evolution-advanced (LTE-A), or may also include 5G new radio ( The next generation node B (gNB) in the new radio, NR system (also referred to as the NR system for short) or may also include the centralized unit in the cloud radio access network (Cloud RAN) system (centralized unit, CU) and distributed unit (distributed unit, DU) are not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
终端装置200,例如为终端设备,或者为设置在终端设备中的能够实现终端设备的功能的芯片或其他部件。终端设备包括向用户提供语音和/或数据连通性的设备,具 体的,包括向用户提供语音的设备,或包括向用户提供数据连通性的设备,或包括向用户提供语音和数据连通性的设备。例如可以包括具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、或连接到无线调制解调器的处理设备。该终端设备可以经无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)与核心网进行通信,与RAN交换语音或数据,或与RAN交互语音和数据。该终端设备可以包括用户设备(user equipment,UE)、无线终端设备、移动终端设备、设备到设备通信(device-to-device,D2D)终端设备、车到一切(vehicle to everything,V2X)终端设备、机器到机器/机器类通信(machine-to-machine/machine-type communications,M2M/MTC)终端设备、物联网(internet ofthings,IoT)终端设备、订户单元(subscriber unit)、订户站(subscriber station),移动站(mobile station)、远程站(remote station)、接入点(access point,AP)、远程终端(remote terminal)、接入终端(access terminal)、用户终端(user terminal)、用户代理(user agent)、或用户装备(user device)等。例如,可以包括移动电话(或称为“蜂窝”电话),具有移动终端设备的计算机,便携式、袖珍式、手持式、计算机内置的移动装置等。例如,个人通信业务(personal communication service,PCS)电话、无绳电话、会话发起协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)话机、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、等设备。还包括受限设备,例如功耗较低的设备,或存储能力有限的设备,或计算能力有限的设备等。例如包括条码、射频识别(radio frequency identification,RFID)、传感器、全球定位系统(global positioning system,GPS)、激光扫描器等信息传感设备。The terminal device 200 is, for example, a terminal device, or a chip or other component set in the terminal device that can realize the function of the terminal device. Terminal devices include devices that provide users with voice and/or data connectivity. Specifically, they include devices that provide users with voice, or include devices that provide users with data connectivity, or include devices that provide users with voice and data connectivity. . For example, it may include a handheld device with a wireless connection function, or a processing device connected to a wireless modem. The terminal device can communicate with the core network via a radio access network (RAN), exchange voice or data with the RAN, or exchange voice and data with the RAN. The terminal equipment may include user equipment (UE), wireless terminal equipment, mobile terminal equipment, device-to-device communication (device-to-device, D2D) terminal equipment, vehicle to everything (V2X) terminal equipment , Machine-to-machine/machine-type communications (M2M/MTC) terminal equipment, internet of things (IoT) terminal equipment, subscriber unit, subscriber station ), mobile station, remote station, access point (AP), remote terminal, access terminal, user terminal, user agent (user agent), or user equipment (user device), etc. For example, it may include mobile phones (or "cellular" phones), computers with mobile terminal equipment, portable, pocket-sized, hand-held, mobile devices with built-in computers, and so on. For example, personal communication service (PCS) phones, cordless phones, session initiation protocol (SIP) phones, wireless local loop (WLL) stations, personal digital assistants, PDA), and other equipment. It also includes restricted devices, such as devices with low power consumption, or devices with limited storage capabilities, or devices with limited computing capabilities. Examples include barcodes, radio frequency identification (RFID), sensors, global positioning system (GPS), laser scanners and other information sensing equipment.
作为示例而非限定,在本申请实施例中,该终端设备还可以是可穿戴设备。可穿戴设备也可以称为穿戴式智能设备或智能穿戴式设备等,是应用穿戴式技术对日常穿戴进行智能化设计、开发出可以穿戴的设备的总称,如眼镜、手套、手表、服饰及鞋等。可穿戴设备即直接穿在身上,或是整合到用户的衣服或配件的一种便携式设备。可穿戴设备不仅仅是一种硬件设备,更是通过软件支持以及数据交互、云端交互来实现强大的功能。广义穿戴式智能设备包括功能全、尺寸大、可不依赖智能手机实现完整或者部分的功能,例如:智能手表或智能眼镜等,以及只专注于某一类应用功能,需要和其它设备如智能手机配合使用,如各类进行体征监测的智能手环、智能头盔、智能首饰等。As an example and not a limitation, in the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device may also be a wearable device. Wearable devices can also be called wearable smart devices or smart wearable devices, etc. It is a general term for using wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes Wait. A wearable device is a portable device that is directly worn on the body or integrated into the user's clothes or accessories. Wearable devices are not only a kind of hardware device, but also realize powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction. In a broad sense, wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized, complete or partial functions that can be achieved without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and only focus on a certain type of application function, and need to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones. Use, such as all kinds of smart bracelets, smart helmets, smart jewelry, etc. for physical sign monitoring.
本申请实施例中,能够与基站进行数据通信的都可以看作终端设备。In the embodiments of the present application, all that can perform data communication with a base station can be regarded as a terminal device.
如上介绍的各种终端设备,如果位于车辆上(例如放置在车辆内或安装在车辆内),都可以认为是车载终端设备,车载终端设备例如也称为车载单元(on-board unit,OBU)。The various terminal devices introduced above, if they are located on the vehicle (for example, placed in the vehicle or installed in the vehicle), can be regarded as vehicle-mounted terminal equipment, for example, the vehicle-mounted terminal equipment is also called on-board unit (OBU). .
另外,上文中提到的车到一切(vehicle to everything,V2X),就是车与外界进行互联互通,这是未来智能汽车、自动驾驶、智能交通运输系统的基础和关键技术。V2X将在已有的D2D技术的基础上对V2X的具体应用需求进行优化,需要进一步减少V2X设备的接入时延,解决资源冲突问题。In addition, the vehicle to everything (V2X) mentioned above is the interconnection between vehicles and the outside world. This is the foundation and key technology of future intelligent vehicles, autonomous driving, and intelligent transportation systems. V2X will optimize the specific application requirements of V2X on the basis of the existing D2D technology. It is necessary to further reduce the access delay of V2X devices and solve the problem of resource conflicts.
V2X具体又包括车与车(vehicle-to-vehicle,V2V)、车与路侧基础设施(vehicle-to-infrastructure,V2I)、车与行人(vehicle-to-pedestrian,V2P)的直接通信,以及车与网络(vehicle-to-network,V2N)的通信交互等几种应用需求。如图2所示。V2V指的是车辆间的通信;V2P指的是车辆与人(包括行人、骑自行车的人、 司机、或乘客)的通信;V2I指的是车辆与网络设备的通信,网络设备例如RSU,另外还有一种V2N可以包括在V2I中,V2N指的是车辆与基站/网络的通信。V2X specifically includes vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V), vehicle-to-infrastructure (V2I), vehicle-to-pedestrian (V2P) direct communication, and There are several application requirements such as vehicle-to-network (V2N) communication and interaction. as shown in picture 2. V2V refers to the communication between vehicles; V2P refers to the communication between vehicles and people (including pedestrians, cyclists, drivers, or passengers); V2I refers to the communication between vehicles and network equipment, such as RSU, and There is another type of V2N that can be included in V2I. V2N refers to the communication between the vehicle and the base station/network.
其中,V2P可以用做给道路上行人或非机动车安全警告。通过V2I,车辆可以与道路甚至其他基础设施,例如交通灯、路障等,进行通信,获取交通灯信号时序等道路管理信息。V2V可以用做车辆间信息交互和提醒,最典型的应用是用于车辆间防碰撞安全系统。V2N是目前应用最为广泛的车联网形式,其主要功能是使车辆通过移动网络,连接到云服务器,使用云服务器提供的导航、娱乐、或防盗等应用功能。Among them, V2P can be used as a safety warning for pedestrians or non-motorized vehicles on the road. Through V2I, vehicles can communicate with roads and even other infrastructure, such as traffic lights, roadblocks, etc., to obtain road management information such as traffic light signal timing. V2V can be used for information interaction and reminding between vehicles, and the most typical application is for the anti-collision safety system between vehicles. V2N is currently the most widely used form of Internet of Vehicles. Its main function is to enable vehicles to connect to a cloud server through a mobile network, and use the navigation, entertainment, or anti-theft application functions provided by the cloud server.
在V2X中,主要是终端设备和终端设备之间的通信。对于终端设备和终端设备之间的传输模式,当前标准协议支持的有广播方式、组播方式和单播方式。广播方式:广播方式是指作为发送端的终端设备采用广播的模式进行数据发送,多个终端设备端均能接收来自发送端的侧行链路控制信息(sidelink control information,SCI)或侧行链路共享信道(sidelink shared channel,SSCH)。组播方式:组播方式和广播发送相似,作为发送端的终端设备采用广播的模式进行数据发送,一组终端设备均能解析SCI或SSCH。单播方式:单播方式是一个终端设备向另外一个终端设备发送数据,其它终端设备不需要或者不能够解析该数据。In V2X, it is mainly the communication between terminal equipment and terminal equipment. For the transmission mode between terminal equipment and terminal equipment, the current standard protocols support broadcast, multicast, and unicast. Broadcast mode: The broadcast mode means that the terminal device as the sender uses the broadcast mode to send data, and multiple terminal device ends can receive sidelink control information (SCI) or sidelink sharing from the sender Channel (sidelink shared channel, SSCH). Multicast mode: The multicast mode is similar to broadcast transmission. The terminal equipment as the transmitting end uses the broadcast mode for data transmission, and a group of terminal equipment can parse SCI or SSCH. Unicast mode: The unicast mode is that one terminal device sends data to another terminal device, and other terminal devices do not need or cannot parse the data.
为便于描述,本申请实施例中以网络设备100为基站,终端装置200为用户设备为例,对网络设备100和终端装置200的结果进行举例说明。For ease of description, in the embodiment of the present application, the network device 100 is used as a base station and the terminal device 200 is used as an example to illustrate the results of the network device 100 and the terminal device 200.
图2为本申请实施例提供的一种基站的结构示意图,该基站可以包括基带处理单元(Building Baseband Unit,BBU)101和远端射频模块(Remote Radio Unit,RRU)102,RRU 102和天馈系统103连接,BBU 101和RRU 102可以根据需要拆开使用。BBU 101用于实现整个基站100的操作维护,实现信令处理、无线资源管理、以及到分组核心网的传输接口,实现物理层、介质接入控制层、L3信令、操作维护主控功能。RRU 102用于实现基带信号与射频信号之间的转换,实现无线接收信号的解调和发送信号的调制和功率放大等。天馈系统103可包括多个天线,用于实现无线空口信号的接收和发送。本领域人员可以理解的是,在具体实现过程中,基站还可以采用其他通用的硬件结构,而并非仅仅局限于图2所示的硬件结构。Figure 2 is a schematic structural diagram of a base station provided by an embodiment of the application. The base station may include a baseband processing unit (Building Baseband Unit, BBU) 101 and a remote radio unit (RRU) 102, RRU 102, and antenna feeder. The system 103 is connected, and the BBU 101 and RRU 102 can be disassembled and used as needed. The BBU 101 is used to implement the operation and maintenance of the entire base station 100, implement signaling processing, radio resource management, and transmission interface to the packet core network, and implement the main control functions of the physical layer, medium access control layer, L3 signaling, and operation and maintenance. The RRU 102 is used to implement conversion between baseband signals and radio frequency signals, to implement demodulation of wireless received signals and modulation and power amplification of transmitted signals. The antenna feeder system 103 may include multiple antennas to implement the reception and transmission of wireless air interface signals. Those skilled in the art can understand that, in a specific implementation process, the base station may also adopt other general hardware structures, and is not limited to the hardware structure shown in FIG. 2.
图3为本申请实施例提供的一种用户设备的结构示意图,以用户设备是手机为例,手机可以包括:RF(radio frequency,射频)电路201、存储器202、其他输入设备203、显示屏204、传感器205、音频电路206、I/O子系统207、处理器208、以及电源209等部件。下面结合图3对手机的各个构成部件进行具体的介绍:FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of a user equipment provided by an embodiment of the application. Taking the user equipment as a mobile phone as an example, the mobile phone may include: an RF (radio frequency) circuit 201, a memory 202, other input devices 203, and a display screen 204 , Sensor 205, audio circuit 206, I/O subsystem 207, processor 208, and power supply 209. The following is a detailed introduction to each component of the mobile phone in conjunction with Figure 3:
其中,处理器208分别与RF电路201、存储器202、音频电路206、以及电源209均连接。I/O子系统207分别与其他输入设备203、显示屏204、传感器205均连接。其中,RF电路210可用于收发信息或通话过程中,信号的接收和发送,特别地,将基站的下行信息接收后,给处理器208处理。存储器202可用于存储软件程序以及模块。处理器208通过运行存储在存储器202的软件程序以及模块,从而执行手机的各种功能应用以及数据处理。其他输入设备203可用于接收输入的数字或字符信息,以及产生与手机的用户设置以及功能控制有关的键信号输入。显示屏204可用于显示由用户输入的信息或提供给用户的信息以及手机的各种菜单,还可以接受用户输入,显示屏204可以包括显示面板214和触摸面板224。传感器205可以为光传感器、运动传感器 或者其他传感器。音频电路206可提供用户与手机之间的音频接口。I/O子系统207用来控制输入输出的外部设备,外部设备可以包括其他设备输入控制器、传感器控制器、显示控制器。处理器208是手机的控制中心,利用各种接口和线路连接整个手机的各个部分,通过运行或执行存储在存储器202内的软件程序和/或模块,以及调用存储在存储器202内的数据,执行手机的各种功能和处理数据,从而对手机进行整体监控。电源209(例如电池)用于给上述各个部件供电,优选的,电源可以通过电源管理系统与处理器208逻辑相连,从而通过电源管理系统实现管理充电、放电、以及功耗等功能。Among them, the processor 208 is respectively connected to the RF circuit 201, the memory 202, the audio circuit 206, and the power supply 209. The I/O subsystem 207 is connected to other input devices 203, display screens 204, and sensors 205, respectively. Among them, the RF circuit 210 can be used for receiving and sending signals during the process of sending and receiving information or talking. In particular, after receiving the downlink information of the base station, it is sent to the processor 208 for processing. The memory 202 can be used to store software programs and modules. The processor 208 executes various functional applications and data processing of the mobile phone by running software programs and modules stored in the memory 202. The other input device 203 can be used to receive input digital or character information, and generate key signal input related to the user settings and function control of the mobile phone. The display screen 204 can be used to display information input by the user or information provided to the user and various menus of the mobile phone, and can also accept user input. The display screen 204 can include a display panel 214 and a touch panel 224. The sensor 205 may be a light sensor, a motion sensor or other sensors. The audio circuit 206 can provide an audio interface between the user and the mobile phone. The I/O subsystem 207 is used to control input and output external devices, and the external devices may include other device input controllers, sensor controllers, and display controllers. The processor 208 is the control center of the mobile phone. It uses various interfaces and lines to connect various parts of the entire mobile phone. Various functions and processing data of the mobile phone can be used to monitor the mobile phone as a whole. The power supply 209 (for example, a battery) is used to supply power to the above-mentioned components. Preferably, the power supply can be logically connected to the processor 208 through a power management system, so that functions such as charging, discharging, and power consumption can be managed through the power management system.
尽管未示出,手机还可以包括摄像头、蓝牙模块等功能模块或器件,在此不再赘述。本领域技术人员可以理解,图3中示出的手机结构并不构成对手机的限定,可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件,或者组合某些部件,或者不同的部件布置。Although not shown, the mobile phone may also include functional modules or devices such as a camera and a Bluetooth module, which will not be repeated here. Those skilled in the art can understand that the structure of the mobile phone shown in FIG. 3 does not constitute a limitation on the mobile phone, and may include more or less components than those shown in the figure, or a combination of some components, or different component arrangements.
图4为本申请实施例提供的一种控制信息传输方法的流程示意图,该方法应用于包括第一设备和第二设备的通信系统中,参见图4,该方法包括以下几个步骤。FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a method for transmitting control information according to an embodiment of the application. The method is applied to a communication system including a first device and a second device. Referring to FIG. 4, the method includes the following steps.
S301:第一设备根据物理层源标识K和第一设备的标识Mi确定第一序列的循环移位值,或者根据资源的索引Fi和第一设备的标识Mi确定第一序列的循环移位值。图4中以根据物理层源标识K和第一设备的标识Mi确定第一序列的循环移位值为例进行说明。S301: The first device determines the cyclic shift value of the first sequence according to the physical layer source identifier K and the identifier Mi of the first device, or determines the cyclic shift value of the first sequence according to the index Fi of the resource and the identifier Mi of the first device. . In FIG. 4, the cyclic shift value of the first sequence is determined as an example according to the physical layer source identifier K and the identifier Mi of the first device.
其中,第一设备和第二设备可以为同一个组中的不同设备,第一设备可以为基站或者用户设备,第二设备也可以为基站或者用户设备,关于基站和用户设备的具体类型可以参见上文中关于基站和用户设备的相关描述。在本申请实施例中,第二设备可以通过组播的方式与多个成员设备之间进行通信,第一设备可以是多个成员设备中的任意一个成员设备。例如,以图5所示的用户组为例,第二设备UE0可以与多个成员设备UE1至UEM之间进行通信,第一设备可以为UE1至UEM中的任意一个成员设备。The first device and the second device may be different devices in the same group. The first device may be a base station or user equipment, and the second device may also be a base station or user equipment. For specific types of base stations and user equipment, see The relevant description of the base station and user equipment above. In the embodiment of the present application, the second device may communicate with multiple member devices in a multicast manner, and the first device may be any member device among the multiple member devices. For example, taking the user group shown in FIG. 5 as an example, the second device UE0 may communicate with multiple member devices UE1 to UEM, and the first device may be any member device of UE1 to UEM.
另外,该资源可以是多个成员设备用于发送控制信息的资源集中的一个资源,该资源的索引Fi为该资源在该资源集中的资源索引,可用于标识和索引该资源。该资源集中可以包括多个资源,多个资源中的每个资源可以对应有一个资源索引。可选的,该资源的索引Fi可以通过下述方式来确定:Fi=Mi mod Z,其中Z为该资源集中包括的频域资源和/或序列循环移位资源的总,mod表示取模操作;或者,Fi=(K+Mi)mod Z,其中K为第一设备从第二设备接收到的物理层源标识,Z为发送该控制信息的资源集中包括频域资源和/或序列循环移位资源的总数量,mod表示取模操作。可选的,本申请中的K对应的英文解释可以描述为“K is a physical layer source ID provided by SCI scheduling the PSSCH reception”。In addition, the resource may be a resource in a resource set used by multiple member devices to send control information, and the index Fi of the resource is a resource index of the resource in the resource set, and can be used to identify and index the resource. The resource set may include multiple resources, and each resource in the multiple resources may correspond to a resource index. Optionally, the index Fi of the resource can be determined in the following manner: Fi=Mi mod Z, where Z is the total of frequency domain resources and/or sequence cyclic shift resources included in the resource set, and mod represents modulo operation ; Or, Fi=(K+Mi)mod Z, where K is the physical layer source identifier received by the first device from the second device, and Z is the resource set for sending the control information, including frequency domain resources and/or sequence cyclic shift The total number of bit resources, mod represents modulo operation. Optionally, the English interpretation of K in this application can be described as "K is a physical layer source ID provided by SCI scheduling the PSSCH reception".
可选的,该资源可以包括时域资源、频域资源、码域资源或者空域资源中的任意一种或多种。该时域资源是指在时域上所占用的资源,其单位为符号(symbol)、时隙(slot)或子帧等,具体可以通过符号、时隙或子帧等来表示;该频域资源是指在频域上所占用的资源,其单位为子信道、资源块、子载波、资源池、载波或带宽部分,具体可以通过子信道、资源块、子载波、资源池、载波或带宽部分等来表示;该码域资源是指在码域上所占用的资源,其单位为序列或码道,具体可以通过序列或码道等 来表示;该空域资源是指空域上所占用的资源,其单位为空间的波束方向、空间层或预编码向量,具体可以通过波束方向、空间层或预编码向量等来表示。上述可能的实现方式中,可以尽可能地为同一组内的成员设备选择不同的资源,以保证资源集中的每个资源都能被充分利用,从而减小多个成员设备需要的循环移位值的数量,以提升检测性能。Optionally, the resource may include any one or more of time domain resources, frequency domain resources, code domain resources, or space domain resources. The time domain resource refers to the resource occupied in the time domain, and its unit is symbol, slot or subframe, etc. It can be represented by symbol, slot or subframe, etc.; the frequency domain Resources refer to the resources occupied in the frequency domain. The units are sub-channels, resource blocks, sub-carriers, resource pools, carriers, or bandwidth parts. Specifically, they can be through sub-channels, resource blocks, sub-carriers, resource pools, carriers, or bandwidth. Part, etc.; the code domain resource refers to the resource occupied in the code domain, and its unit is sequence or code channel, which can be expressed specifically by sequence or code channel, etc.; the air domain resource refers to the resource occupied in the airspace , The unit is a spatial beam direction, a spatial layer, or a precoding vector, which can be specifically represented by a beam direction, a spatial layer, or a precoding vector. In the above possible implementation manners, different resources can be selected for member devices in the same group as much as possible to ensure that each resource in the resource set can be fully utilized, thereby reducing the cyclic shift value required by multiple member devices To improve detection performance.
具体的,该资源可以包括上述四种资源中的任意一种资源,例如,该资源仅包括时域资源,或者该资源仅包括频域资源,或者该资源仅包括码域资源,或者该资源仅包括空域资源;该资源可以包括上述四种资源中的任意两种资源,例如,该资源包括时域资源和频域资源,或者该资源仅包括时域资源和码域资源,或者该资源仅包括时域资源和空域资源;该资源可以包括上述四种资源中的任意三种资源,例如,该资源包括时域资源、频域资源和码域资源,或者该资源包括时域资源、频域资源和空域资源,或者该资源包括频域资源、码域资源和空域资源;该资源可以同时包括上述四种资源,即该资源包括时域资源、频域资源、码域资源和空域资源。Specifically, the resource may include any one of the above four resources. For example, the resource only includes time domain resources, or the resource only includes frequency domain resources, or the resource includes only code domain resources, or the resource only includes code domain resources. Including airspace resources; the resources can include any two of the above four resources, for example, the resources include time-domain resources and frequency-domain resources, or the resources include only time-domain resources and code-domain resources, or the resources only include Time domain resources and space domain resources; the resources may include any three of the above four resources, for example, the resources include time domain resources, frequency domain resources, and code domain resources, or the resources include time domain resources, frequency domain resources And air domain resources, or the resources include frequency domain resources, code domain resources, and air domain resources; the resources may include the above four resources at the same time, that is, the resources include time domain resources, frequency domain resources, code domain resources, and air domain resources.
再者,第一设备的标识可以是高层消息指示的标识,也可以是物理层消息指示的标识,还可以是应用层消息指示的标识,本申请对此不做限定。可选的,第一设备的标识Mi可以为以下任一种:标识第一设备的编号,第一设备的成员标识,接收第二设备发送的第一数据的设备标识(对应的英文可以为“Mi is the identity of the UE receiving the PSSCH as indicated by higher layers.”)。其中,标识第一设备的编号可以是标识第一设备传输信息时的标识或物理标识。例如,可以是以下中的任意一种:第一设备发送控制信息时的控制信息的循环冗余校验(cyclic redundancy check,CRC)的掩码,RNTI、国际移动用户识别码(International Mobile Subscriber Identification Number,IMSI)、国际移动设备识别码(international mobile equipment identity,IMEI)、临时UE识别号S-TMSI、全球唯一临时UE标识(Globally Unique Temporary UE Identity,GUTI)和IP地址。具体的,当第一设备的标识Mi为标识第一设备的编号时,第一设备的标识Mi可用于在整个通信系统中唯一标识第一设备。当第一设备的标识Mi为第一设备的成员标识时,第一设备的标识Mi可用于在第一设备所在用户组的多个成员设备中唯一标识第一设备。当第一设备的标识Mi为接收第二设备发送的第一数据的设备标识时,第一设备的标识Mi仅用于在接收第二设备发送的第一设备的多个设备中唯一标识第一设备。上述三种标识所标识的范围从大到小具体可以为:标识第一设备的编号所标识的范围大于第一设备的成员标识所标识的范围,第一设备的成员标识所标识的范围大于或等于接收第二设备发送的第一数据的设备标识。上述可能的实现方式中,可以将不同的第一设备相关的标识作为第一设备的标识Mi,从而可以灵活地标识第一设备的标识,从而提高系统的灵活性和多样性。Furthermore, the identifier of the first device may be an identifier indicated by a high-level message, may also be an identifier indicated by a physical layer message, or may also be an identifier indicated by an application layer message, which is not limited in this application. Optionally, the identifier Mi of the first device may be any of the following: the number that identifies the first device, the member identifier of the first device, the device identifier that receives the first data sent by the second device (the corresponding English may be " Mi is the identity of the UE receiving the PSSCH as indicated by higher layers."). The number that identifies the first device may be an identification or a physical identification when the first device transmits information. For example, it can be any of the following: the mask of the cyclic redundancy check (CRC) of the control information when the first device sends the control information, the RNTI, the International Mobile Subscriber Identification Code (International Mobile Subscriber Identification) Number, IMSI), International Mobile Equipment Identity (IMEI), Temporary UE Identification Number S-TMSI, Globally Unique Temporary UE Identity (GUTI), and IP address. Specifically, when the identification Mi of the first device is a number that identifies the first device, the identification Mi of the first device may be used to uniquely identify the first device in the entire communication system. When the identity Mi of the first device is a member identity of the first device, the identity Mi of the first device may be used to uniquely identify the first device among multiple member devices of the user group where the first device is located. When the identity Mi of the first device is the device identity that receives the first data sent by the second device, the identity Mi of the first device is only used to uniquely identify the first device among the multiple devices that receive the first device sent by the second device. equipment. The range identified by the above three identifiers can be from large to small: the range identified by the number identifying the first device is greater than the range identified by the member ID of the first device, and the range identified by the member ID of the first device is greater than or Equal to the identification of the device that receives the first data sent by the second device. In the foregoing possible implementation manners, different identifications related to the first device can be used as the identification Mi of the first device, so that the identification of the first device can be flexibly identified, thereby improving the flexibility and diversity of the system.
上述关于接收第二设备发送的第一数据的步骤,具体可以参见图6所示,在S301之前,该方法还包括S300:第一设备接收第二设备发送的第一数据。For the foregoing steps of receiving the first data sent by the second device, refer to FIG. 6 for details. Before S301, the method further includes S300: the first device receives the first data sent by the second device.
其中,第二设备可以通过组播的方式向用户组中的多个成员设备发送第一数据,第一设备可以为多个成员设备中的任意一个成员设备,第二设备也可以通过组播的方式向用户组中多个成员设备中的部分成员设备发送第一数据,第一设备可以为这部分成员设备中的任意一个成员设备。这样当第二设备通过组播的方式发送第一数据时, 第一设备可以接收第二设备发送的第一数据。Among them, the second device can send the first data to multiple member devices in the user group by multicast, the first device can be any member device among the multiple member devices, and the second device can also be multicast In this way, the first data is sent to some member devices among multiple member devices in the user group, and the first device can be any member device among the member devices. In this way, when the second device sends the first data in a multicast manner, the first device can receive the first data sent by the second device.
第一设备接收第二设备发送的第一数据具体可以存在两种情况,即第一设备正确接收第一数据和第一设备未正确接收第一数据,第一设备正确接收第一数据可以是指第一设备接收到第一数据的译码结果正确,第一设备未正确接收第一数据可以是指第一设备未接收到第一数据或者第一设备接收到的第一数据的译码结果不正确。第一设备可以通过应答信息向第二设备反馈第一数据的接收情况时,该应答信息可以包括肯定应答(acknowledge,ACK)和否定应答(non-acknowledge,NACK),该肯定应答用于指示第一数据接收成功,该否定应答用于指示第一数据接收失败。There may be two situations when the first device receives the first data sent by the second device, that is, the first device receives the first data correctly and the first device does not receive the first data correctly, and the first device correctly receives the first data can mean that The decoding result of the first data received by the first device is correct, and the first device incorrectly receiving the first data may mean that the first device has not received the first data or the decoding result of the first data received by the first device is incorrect. correct. When the first device can feed back the reception of the first data to the second device through response information, the response information can include an acknowledgement (acknowledge, ACK) and a non-acknowledge (non-acknowledge, NACK), and the acknowledgement is used to indicate the second device. When the data is received successfully, the negative response is used to indicate that the first data has failed to be received.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述S301中第一序列的循环移位值可以包括第一序列的第一循环移位值或第一序列的第二循环位值,第一序列的第一循环移位值可以对应第一设备的肯定应答(即第一设备正确接收第一数据),第一序列的第二循环移位值可以对应第一设备的否定应答(即第一设备未正确接收第一数据),第一循环移位值和第二循环移位值可以构成一个循环移位对,第一循环移位值与第二循环移位值不同。In a possible implementation manner, the cyclic shift value of the first sequence in S301 may include the first cyclic shift value of the first sequence or the second cyclic bit value of the first sequence, and the first cyclic shift value of the first sequence The shift value can correspond to the positive response of the first device (that is, the first device correctly receives the first data), and the second cyclic shift value of the first sequence can correspond to the negative response of the first device (that is, the first device did not correctly receive the first data). One data), the first cyclic shift value and the second cyclic shift value may form a cyclic shift pair, and the first cyclic shift value is different from the second cyclic shift value.
具体的,若第一设备正确接收第一数据,则第一设备可以根据该资源的索引Fi和第一设备的标识Mi确定第一序列的第一循环移位值,若第一设备未正确接收第一数据,则第一设备可以根据该资源的索引Fi和第一设备的标识Mi确定第一序列的第二循环移位值。Specifically, if the first device receives the first data correctly, the first device can determine the first cyclic shift value of the first sequence according to the index Fi of the resource and the identifier Mi of the first device. If the first device does not receive the first data correctly, The first data, the first device can determine the second cyclic shift value of the first sequence according to the index Fi of the resource and the identifier Mi of the first device.
需要说明的是,第一设备根据该资源的索引Fi和第一设备的标识Mi确定第一序列的第一循环移位值或第二循环移位值的具体过程可以参见下文中第一种方式至第三种方式的详细描述,本申请实施例在此不再赘述。It should be noted that the specific process for the first device to determine the first cyclic shift value or the second cyclic shift value of the first sequence according to the index Fi of the resource and the identifier Mi of the first device can refer to the first method below. To the detailed description of the third manner, the embodiments of the present application will not be repeated here.
S302:第一设备根据该循环移位值生成第一序列。S302: The first device generates a first sequence according to the cyclic shift value.
当第一设备确定该循环移位值时,第一设备可以根据该循环移位值对第一序列的基序列进行循环移位以生成第一序列。具体的,若第一设备正确接收第一数据,则第一设备根据第一循环移位值对第一序列的基序列进行循环移位以生成第一序列;若第一设备未正确接收第一数据,则第一设备根据第二循环移位值对第一序列的基序列进行循环移位以生成第一序列。When the first device determines the cyclic shift value, the first device may cyclically shift the base sequence of the first sequence according to the cyclic shift value to generate the first sequence. Specifically, if the first device receives the first data correctly, the first device cyclically shifts the base sequence of the first sequence according to the first cyclic shift value to generate the first sequence; if the first device does not receive the first data correctly Data, the first device cyclically shifts the base sequence of the first sequence according to the second cyclic shift value to generate the first sequence.
需要说明的是,第一序列的基序列可以是预定义的,或者第一序列的基序列是第一设备根据根序列号生成的基序列,该根序列号可以是预定义的。另外,第一序列的长度或者第一序列的基序列的长度可以是预定义的,例如,第一序列的长度或者第一序列的基序列的长度可以为12。在实际应用中,第一序列的基序列可以是ZC序列,或预定义的序列,例如通过计算机搜索、数学分析等给出的具有优良相关特性的序列等。It should be noted that the base sequence of the first sequence may be predefined, or the base sequence of the first sequence is a base sequence generated by the first device according to the root sequence number, and the root sequence number may be predefined. In addition, the length of the first sequence or the length of the base sequence of the first sequence may be predefined. For example, the length of the first sequence or the length of the base sequence of the first sequence may be 12. In practical applications, the base sequence of the first sequence may be a ZC sequence, or a predefined sequence, such as a sequence with excellent correlation characteristics given by computer search, mathematical analysis, etc.
S303:第一设备在该资源上通过第一序列向第二设备发送控制信息。S303: The first device sends control information to the second device through the first sequence on the resource.
该控制信息可以为对应第二设备发送的第一数据的应答信息,即第一设备通过S303向第二设备发送应答信息,该应答信息包括肯定应答和否定应答。具体的,若第一设备正确接收第一数据,则第一设备在该资源上向通过第一序列向第二设备发送肯定应答,此时第一序列是第一设备根据第一循环移位值生成的序列。若第一设备未正确接收第一数据,则第一设备在该资源上向通过第一序列向第二设备发送否定应答,此时第一序列是第一设备根据第二循环移位值生成的序列。在本申请实施例中,当不 同用户设备在相同的资源或资源集上以码分复用的方式分别发送肯定的应答ACK或否定的应答NACK时,同一个用户设备的ACK和NACK之间所使用的循环移位值不同,从而实现同一用户设备对于同一数据的不同应答信息的传输,以便于接收应答消息的用户设备能够有效地区分出当前检测到的是ACK的应答还是NACK的应答,减少错误检测的概率,提升系统性能。The control information may be response information corresponding to the first data sent by the second device, that is, the first device sends response information to the second device through S303, and the response information includes an affirmative response and a negative response. Specifically, if the first device correctly receives the first data, the first device sends an affirmative response to the second device through the first sequence on the resource. At this time, the first sequence is the first device according to the first cyclic shift value. The generated sequence. If the first device does not receive the first data correctly, the first device sends a negative response to the second device through the first sequence on the resource. At this time, the first sequence is generated by the first device according to the second cyclic shift value sequence. In the embodiment of the present application, when different user equipments respectively send positive acknowledgement ACK or negative acknowledgement NACK on the same resource or resource set in a code division multiplexing manner, there is a difference between the ACK and NACK of the same user equipment. The cyclic shift values used are different, so as to realize the transmission of different response information of the same user equipment to the same data, so that the user equipment receiving the response message can effectively distinguish whether the currently detected ACK response or NACK response is currently detected. The probability of false detection improves system performance.
S304:当第二设备接收到该控制信息时,第二设备根据第一序列获取第一设备的控制信息。S304: When the second device receives the control information, the second device obtains the control information of the first device according to the first sequence.
当第二设备接收到该控制信息时,第二设备可以使用第一序列对该控制信息进行解码进而获取到该控制信息。具体的,当该控制信息对应第一数据的应答信息时,若第二设备使用第一序列的第一循环移位值生成的第一序列解码得到该控制信息,则得到的该控制信息即为第一数据的肯定应答;若第二设备使用第一序列的第二循环移位值生成的第一序列解码得到该控制信息,则得到的该控制信息即为第一数据的否定应答。When the second device receives the control information, the second device can use the first sequence to decode the control information to obtain the control information. Specifically, when the control information corresponds to the response information of the first data, if the second device uses the first sequence generated by the first cyclic shift value of the first sequence to decode the control information, the obtained control information is Affirmative response of the first data; if the second device uses the first sequence generated by the second cyclic shift value of the first sequence to decode the control information, the obtained control information is the negative response of the first data.
需要说明的是,第二设备确定第一序列的循环移位值的具体过程可以与第一设备确定第一序列的循环移位值的具体过程相同或类似,下面以S301中第一设备确定第一序列的循环移位值的步骤为例进行详细说明。It should be noted that the specific process for the second device to determine the cyclic shift value of the first sequence may be the same as or similar to the specific process for the first device to determine the cyclic shift value of the first sequence. The steps of a sequence of cyclic shift values are described in detail as an example.
关于S301中第一设备根据物理层源标识K和第一设备的标识Mi确定第一序列的循环移位值的示例具体如下所述,该方法可以包括:The example in S301 that the first device determines the cyclic shift value of the first sequence according to the physical layer source identifier K and the identifier Mi of the first device is specifically as follows, and the method may include:
S301a:根据第一控制信息指示的物理层源标识K和所述第一设备的标识Mi确定第一序列的循环移位值。可选的,第一控制信息为第一级SCI和/或第二级SCI中承载的信息。S301a: Determine the cyclic shift value of the first sequence according to the physical layer source identifier K indicated by the first control information and the identifier Mi of the first device. Optionally, the first control information is information carried in the first-level SCI and/or the second-level SCI.
S302a:第一设备根据该循环移位值生成第一序列。S302a: The first device generates a first sequence according to the cyclic shift value.
S303a:第一设备在该资源上通过第一序列向第二设备发送第二控制信息。S303a: The first device sends second control information to the second device through the first sequence on the resource.
可选的,第二控制信息为侧行反馈信道PSFCH信道载波的信息。Optionally, the second control information is information of the PSFCH channel carrier of the side feedback channel.
在上述S301a中,按以下公式(0-1)至(0-3)中的一个或多个约束条件来确定第一序列的循环移位值。In the above S301a, the cyclic shift value of the first sequence is determined according to one or more constraint conditions in the following formulas (0-1) to (0-3).
Figure PCTCN2020075394-appb-000014
Figure PCTCN2020075394-appb-000014
Figure PCTCN2020075394-appb-000015
Figure PCTCN2020075394-appb-000015
Figure PCTCN2020075394-appb-000016
Figure PCTCN2020075394-appb-000016
其中,上述公式中的a为整数,例如0,1,2等。floor()表示对输入变量向下取整;x n为中间变量;
Figure PCTCN2020075394-appb-000017
为预定义或配置的数值,例如12;
Figure PCTCN2020075394-appb-000018
为在一个反馈资源的集合中所有的频域RB的总数和/或频域RB和序列循环移位的总数;
Figure PCTCN2020075394-appb-000019
为侧行反馈信道PSFCH上配置的循环移位对的数量,例如1,2,3,4,6等。
Wherein, a in the above formula is an integer, such as 0, 1, 2 and so on. floor() means to round down the input variable; x n is the intermediate variable;
Figure PCTCN2020075394-appb-000017
It is a predefined or configured value, such as 12;
Figure PCTCN2020075394-appb-000018
Is the total number of frequency domain RBs and/or the total number of frequency domain RBs and sequence cyclic shifts in a set of feedback resources;
Figure PCTCN2020075394-appb-000019
It is the number of cyclic shift pairs configured on the side row feedback channel PSFCH, such as 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, etc.
可选的,Mi为接收数据信道的标识,其标识可以是上层协议指示的(is the identity of the UE receiving the PSSCH as indicated by higher layers)。Optionally, Mi is the identifier of the received data channel, and its identifier may be indicated by the upper layer protocol (is the identity of the UE receiving the PSSCH as indicated by higher layers).
另外,上述公式中的m 0为第一循环移位值,m cs为第二循环移位值。循环移位的值α l可以由m 0和m cs确定,例如:α l等于(m 0+m cs),又如由以下公式(0-4确定): In addition, m 0 in the above formula is the first cyclic shift value, and m cs is the second cyclic shift value. The value of the cyclic shift α l can be determined by m 0 and m cs , for example: α l is equal to (m 0 + m cs ), and the following formula (determined by 0-4):
Figure PCTCN2020075394-appb-000020
Figure PCTCN2020075394-appb-000020
需要说明的是,上述公式仅是示例性的,并不对本申请实施例中循环移位的值α l的生成方式构成限制。 It should be noted that the above formula is only exemplary, and does not limit the generation method of the cyclic shift value α l in the embodiment of the present application.
对于第二循环移位值m cs的值,可以是固定的,也可以是由信令配置或预配置的,本申请实施例对此不做限定。可选的,在NACK和ACK之间,有不同的对于第二循环移位值m cs的值。例如,以下表0-1为NACK和ACK之间的对于第二循环移位值m cs的间隔为6的情形,当然该间隔还可以为1、2、3或4等,本申请实施例对此不做限制。 The value of the second cyclic shift value m cs may be fixed, or may be configured or pre-configured by signaling, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. Optionally, between NACK and ACK, there are different values for the second cyclic shift value m cs . For example, the following Table 0-1 shows the case where the interval between NACK and ACK for the second cyclic shift value m cs is 6. Of course, the interval can also be 1, 2, 3, or 4, etc. The embodiments of this application are This is not limited.
表0-1Table 0-1
HARQ-ACK或NACKHARQ-ACK or NACK 0(NACK)0(NACK) 1(ACK)1(ACK)
序列的循环移位值Cyclic shift value of sequence m cs=0 m cs = 0 m cs=6 m cs = 6
可选的,NACK和ACK之间的对于第二循环移位值m cs还可以由配置的循环移位对的数目确定。例如,可有由
Figure PCTCN2020075394-appb-000021
确定。
Optionally, the second cyclic shift value m cs between NACK and ACK may also be determined by the number of configured cyclic shift pairs. For example, there may be
Figure PCTCN2020075394-appb-000021
determine.
可选地,在上述步骤S302b,本申请的其他实施例中根据该循环移位值生成第一序列簇生成方式也都可以用于此处,本申请对此不做限定。Optionally, in the foregoing step S302b, the first sequence cluster generation method according to the cyclic shift value in other embodiments of the present application can also be used here, which is not limited in the present application.
可选地,本申请其他实施例中,第一设备在该资源上通过第一序列向第二设备发送第二控制信息的方式亦可以用于此处,本申请对此不做限定。Optionally, in other embodiments of the present application, the manner in which the first device sends the second control information to the second device through the first sequence on the resource can also be used here, which is not limited in this application.
可选地,对于接收侧(即第二设备),有对应的操作和过程:Optionally, for the receiving side (ie, the second device), there are corresponding operations and processes:
S304a:第二设备接收第一序列,所述第一序列是根据所述循环移位值生成的。其中,该循环移位值由第一控制信息指示的物理层源标识K和所述第一设备的标识Mi确定。S304a: The second device receives the first sequence, where the first sequence is generated according to the cyclic shift value. Wherein, the cyclic shift value is determined by the physical layer source identifier K indicated by the first control information and the identifier Mi of the first device.
S305a:第二设备根据第一序列检测第一控制信息。S305a: The second device detects the first control information according to the first sequence.
需要说明的是,接收侧(即第二设备)检测上述控制信息使用的第一序列的生成过程相同与上述发送侧(即第一设备)的过程类似,具体可以参见上文中的相关描述,本申请实施例在此不再赘述。It should be noted that the process of generating the first sequence used by the receiving side (ie, the second device) to detect the control information is the same as the process on the sending side (ie, the first device). For details, please refer to the relevant description above. The application embodiments will not be repeated here.
在本申请实施例中,第一设备或者第二设备可以根据第一控制信息指示的物理层源标识K和第一设备的标识Mi确定第一序列的循环移位值来灵活地成生用于序列的循环移位值,并且通过相应的方式可以控制不同收发UE之间的循环移位的间隔,从而保证其间隔尽可能的分开,以确定通过第一序列发送的控制信息的检测性能。In the embodiment of the present application, the first device or the second device can determine the cyclic shift value of the first sequence according to the physical layer source identifier K indicated by the first control information and the identifier Mi of the first device to flexibly generate The cyclic shift value of the sequence, and the cyclic shift interval between different transmitting and receiving UEs can be controlled in a corresponding manner, so as to ensure that the interval is separated as much as possible to determine the detection performance of the control information sent through the first sequence.
关于S301中第一设备根据资源的索引Fi和第一设备的标识Mi确定第一序列的循环移位值的不同方式具体如下所述。需要说明的是,本文中的Fi表示用户组中第i个成员设备使用的资源的索引,Mi表示第i个成员设备标识,CSi_A表示第i个成员设备使用的第一序列的第一循环移位值,CSi_N表示第i个成员设备使用的第一序列的第二循环移位值。The different ways in which the first device determines the cyclic shift value of the first sequence according to the index Fi of the resource and the identifier Mi of the first device in S301 are specifically described as follows. It should be noted that Fi in this article represents the index of the resource used by the i-th member device in the user group, Mi represents the i-th member device identifier, and CSi_A represents the first cyclic shift of the first sequence used by the i-th member device. Bit value, CSi_N represents the second cyclic shift value of the first sequence used by the i-th member device.
第一种方式、第一设备根据该资源的索引Fi、第一设备的标识Mi以及循环移位对的数量Y确定第一序列的循环移位值。循环移位对的数量Y对应的英文解释可以为 “a number of cyclic shift pairs for the resource pool and,based on an indication by higher layers.”In the first way, the first device determines the cyclic shift value of the first sequence according to the index Fi of the resource, the identifier Mi of the first device, and the number Y of cyclic shift pairs. The corresponding English interpretation of the number of cyclic shift pairs Y can be "a number of cyclic shift pairs for the resource pool and, based on an indication by higher layers."
在第1种实施例中,对于用户组中不同成员设备的第一序列的循环移位值的选取,可以按照先依次选择资源集中不同的资源,后依次选择循环移位对中不同的循环移位对的顺序来执行。同时,对于同一循环移位对中的第一循环移位值和第二循环移位值的选取上,可以尽可能地保证这两个循环移位值之差较大。In the first embodiment, the selection of the cyclic shift value of the first sequence of different member devices in the user group can be based on first selecting different resources in the resource set in turn, and then sequentially selecting different cyclic shift values in the cyclic shift pair. The order of the bit pairs is executed. At the same time, for the selection of the first cyclic shift value and the second cyclic shift value in the same cyclic shift pair, it can be ensured that the difference between the two cyclic shift values is as large as possible.
具体的,若该资源的索引Fi=(K+Mi)mod Z,则第一设备可以根据Fi、Mi和Y通过如下公式(1-1)或者公式(1-2)确定第一序列的第一循环移位值CSi_A。其中,b为正整数,Ncs为循环移位的数量,Ncs为正整数,C为整数。作为一种特例,可选的C可以取值为0。Specifically, if the index of the resource Fi=(K+Mi)mod Z, the first device can determine the first sequence of the first sequence according to Fi, Mi, and Y through the following formula (1-1) or formula (1-2) A cyclic shift value CSi_A. Among them, b is a positive integer, Ncs is the number of cyclic shifts, Ncs is a positive integer, and C is an integer. As a special case, the optional C can take the value 0.
CSi_A=b*(K+Mi-Fi)/Y+C     (1-1)CSi_A=b*(K+Mi-Fi)/Y+C (1-1)
CSi_A=b*((K+Mi-Fi)/Y+C)mod Ncs     (1-2)CSi_A=b*((K+Mi-Fi)/Y+C)mod Ncs (1-2)
需要说明的是,公式(1-2)中的Ncs可以预定义,例如,Ncs的取值可以为4、6、8或者12等,本申请实施例对此不作具体限制。It should be noted that Ncs in formula (1-2) can be predefined. For example, the value of Ncs can be 4, 6, 8, or 12, etc., which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
可选的,第一序列的第二循环移位值CSi_N与第一序列的第一循环移位值CSi_A之间满足如下关系:第一序列的第二循环移位值CSi_N与第一序列的第二循环移位值CSi_A之差为循环移位的数量Ncs的二分之一,三分之一或者四分之一。在第一序列的第二循环移位值CSi_N与第一序列的第一循环移位值CSi_A之间的关系确定时,第一设备可以根据Fi、Mi和Y通过如下公式(2-1)或者公式(2-2)确定第一序列的第二循环移位值CSi_A。其中,b为正整数,Ncs为循环移位的数量,Ncs为正整数,C为整数,a为CSi_N与CSi_A的差值。例如,以循环移位的数量Ncs为12,CSi_A与CSi_N之差为Ncs的二分之一(12*0.5=6)为例,则公式(2-1)和公式(2-2)中a的取值为6。Optionally, the second cyclic shift value CSi_N of the first sequence and the first cyclic shift value CSi_A of the first sequence satisfy the following relationship: the second cyclic shift value CSi_N of the first sequence and the first sequence of the first sequence The difference between the two cyclic shift values CSi_A is one-half, one-third or one-fourth of the number of cyclic shifts Ncs. When the relationship between the second cyclic shift value CSi_N of the first sequence and the first cyclic shift value CSi_A of the first sequence is determined, the first device can use the following formula (2-1) or Formula (2-2) determines the second cyclic shift value CSi_A of the first sequence. Among them, b is a positive integer, Ncs is the number of cyclic shifts, Ncs is a positive integer, C is an integer, and a is the difference between CSi_N and CSi_A. For example, if the number of cyclic shifts Ncs is 12, and the difference between CSi_A and CSi_N is one-half of Ncs (12*0.5=6), then formula (2-1) and formula (2-2) in a The value of is 6.
在本申请中,可选的,a=Ncs/2。其好处是用于做ACK应答与NACK应答的循环移位的间隔达到最大,从而可以实现最小的ACK到NACK的或NACK到ACK的错检。可选的,Ncs可以取值4、6、8或12等,在本申请中,可选的,Ncs可以是协议预定义的或信令配置的,如配置在资源池上的。在本申请中,可选的,b可以取值为1、2或3等。可选的,b的取值为(Ncs/Y),其中Y为正整数,例如取值为1、2、3、4或6等。在本申请中,可选的,Y为序列的循环移位对的数量,可以是预定义的或信令配置的。In this application, optionally, a=Ncs/2. The advantage is that the cyclic shift interval between ACK response and NACK response is maximized, so that the smallest ACK to NACK or NACK to ACK error detection can be achieved. Optionally, Ncs may take a value of 4, 6, 8, or 12, etc. In this application, optionally, Ncs may be predefined by a protocol or configured by signaling, such as configured on a resource pool. In this application, optionally, b can take a value of 1, 2, or 3, etc. Optionally, the value of b is (Ncs/Y), where Y is a positive integer, for example, the value is 1, 2, 3, 4, or 6, etc. In this application, optionally, Y is the number of cyclic shift pairs of the sequence, which may be predefined or configured by signaling.
CSi_N=a+b*(K+Mi-Fi)/Y+C     (2-1)CSi_N=a+b*(K+Mi-Fi)/Y+C (2-1)
CSi_N=a+b*((K+Mi-Fi)/Y+C)mod Ncs     (2-2)CSi_N=a+b*((K+Mi-Fi)/Y+C)mod Ncs (2-2)
具体的,若该资源的索引Fi=Mi mod Z,则第一设备可以根据Fi、Mi和Y通过如下公式(1-3)或者公式(1-4)确定第一序列的第一循环移位值CSi_A。根据Fi、Mi和Y通过如下公式(2-3)或者公式(2-4)确定第一序列的第二循环移位值CSi_N。Specifically, if the index of the resource Fi=Mi mod Z, the first device can determine the first cyclic shift of the first sequence according to Fi, Mi, and Y through the following formula (1-3) or formula (1-4) The value CSi_A. According to Fi, Mi and Y, the second cyclic shift value CSi_N of the first sequence is determined by the following formula (2-3) or formula (2-4).
CSi_A=b*(Mi-Fi)/Y+C      (1-3)CSi_A=b*(Mi-Fi)/Y+C (1-3)
CSi_A=b*((Mi-Fi)/Y+C)mod Ncs    (1-4)CSi_A=b*((Mi-Fi)/Y+C)mod Ncs (1-4)
CSi_N=a+b*(Mi-Fi)/Y+C     (2-3)CSi_N=a+b*(Mi-Fi)/Y+C (2-3)
CSi_N=a+b*((Mi-Fi)/Y+C)mod Ncs     (2-4)CSi_N=a+b*((Mi-Fi)/Y+C)mod Ncs (2-4)
需要说明的是,这里四个公式中关于每个参数的详细描述与上述四个公式(1-1)、(1-2)、(2-1)和(2-2)的相关参数的描述一致,具体可以参见上文中的相关描述,本申请实施例在此不再赘述。It should be noted that the detailed description of each parameter in the four formulas and the description of the relevant parameters of the above four formulas (1-1), (1-2), (2-1) and (2-2) They are consistent. For details, please refer to the relevant description above, and the details of the embodiments of the present application are not repeated here.
为便于理解,下面以第一设备所在用户组中多个成员设备的数量为M,第一序列的循环移位值对应的候选循环移位值可以在{0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11}中共12个数值中选取(即Ncs=12,Y=6)为例,对本申请实施例所提供的方式的进行举例说明。For ease of understanding, the following assumes that the number of multiple member devices in the user group where the first device is located is M, and the candidate cyclic shift value corresponding to the cyclic shift value of the first sequence can be in {0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11} are selected from a total of 12 values (ie, Ncs=12, Y=6) as an example to illustrate the methods provided in the embodiments of the present application.
当上述公式(1-1)、公式(2-1)、公式(1-3)、公式(2-3)中的b=2、a=6、C=0,则上述四个公式可以对应转换为公式(1-1-1)、公式(2-1-1)、公式(1-3-1)和公式(2-3-1)。When b=2, a=6, and C=0 in the above formula (1-1), formula (2-1), formula (1-3), and formula (2-3), the above four formulas can correspond to Converted into formula (1-1-1), formula (2-1-1), formula (1-3-1) and formula (2-3-1).
CSi_A=2*(K+Mi-Fi)/Y    (1-1-1)CSi_A=2*(K+Mi-Fi)/Y (1-1-1)
CSi_N=6+2*(K+Mi-Fi)/Y     (2-1-1)CSi_N=6+2*(K+Mi-Fi)/Y (2-1-1)
CSi_A=2*(Mi-Fi)/Y     (1-3-1)CSi_A=2*(Mi-Fi)/Y (1-3-1)
CSi_N=6+2*(Mi-Fi)/Y    (2-3-1)CSi_N=6+2*(Mi-Fi)/Y (2-3-1)
需要说明的是,本申请实施例中关于CSi_A和CSi_N的确定公式仅是示例性的,其中CSi_A和CSi_N的具体数值可以直接等于本文相关公式中右边的表达式,也可以由本文相关公式中右边的表达式来确定,例如CSi_A和CSi_N的具体数值还可以等于本文中相关公式中右边的表达式的其他变形公式、或者与其他变量的组合形成的新的公式等等,这些变形公式和形成的新的公式均应在本申请的保护范围之内。It should be noted that the formulas for determining CSi_A and CSi_N in the embodiments of this application are only exemplary, and the specific values of CSi_A and CSi_N can be directly equal to the expressions on the right side of the relevant formulas in this article, or can be determined by the formulas on the right side of this article. For example, the specific values of CSi_A and CSi_N can also be equal to other deformation formulas of the expressions on the right side of the relevant formulas in this article, or new formulas formed by the combination of other variables, etc., these deformation formulas and the resulting The new formulas should all fall within the scope of protection of this application.
进一步的,若第一设备所在的用户组中的多个成员设备的数量为M=15(分别表示为UE1至UE15),资源集中包括的资源(以单位为资源块(resource block,RB)为例)的数量Z=6(分别表示为RB0至RB5),候选的循环移位对(CS对)为{(0,6),(2,8),(4,10)},则按照上述公式(1-1-1)至公式(2-3-1)计算可以得到,UE1至UE6分别使用的资源为RB0至RB5、使用的CS对为(0,6),UE7至UE12分别使用的资源为RB0至RB5、使用的CS对为(2,8),UE13至UE15分别使用的资源为RB0至RB2、使用的CS对为(4,10)。将该资源索引与CS对之间的对应关系可以通过如下表格1-1来表示。Further, if the number of multiple member devices in the user group where the first device is located is M=15 (represented as UE1 to UE15 respectively), the resources included in the resource set (in units of resource blocks (resource block, RB)) are: Example) The number Z=6 (represented as RB0 to RB5), and the candidate cyclic shift pairs (CS pairs) are {(0,6), (2,8), (4,10)}, then follow the above Formula (1-1-1) to formula (2-3-1) can be calculated, the resources used by UE1 to UE6 are RB0 to RB5, the CS pair used is (0, 6), and the resources used by UE7 to UE12 are respectively The resources are RB0 to RB5, the CS pairs used are (2, 8), the resources used by UE13 to UE15 are RB0 to RB2, and the CS pairs used are (4, 10). The correspondence between the resource index and the CS pair can be represented by the following Table 1-1.
表1-1Table 1-1
Figure PCTCN2020075394-appb-000022
Figure PCTCN2020075394-appb-000022
需要说明的是,上述公式(1-1-1)、公式(2-1-1)、公式(1-3-1)和公式(2-3-1)仅是示例性的,可适用于M与Z的比值较小的情况,例如,在1/3<ceil(M/Z)≤Y/2的情况,ceil表示向上取整的操作。It should be noted that the above formula (1-1-1), formula (2-1-1), formula (1-3-1) and formula (2-3-1) are only exemplary and can be applied to When the ratio of M to Z is small, for example, in the case of 1/3<ceil(M/Z)≤Y/2, ceil represents the operation of rounding up.
当上述公式(1-1)、公式(2-1)、公式(1-3)、公式(2-3)中的b=3、a=6、 C=0,则上述四个公式可以对应转换为公式(1-1-2)、公式(2-1-2)、公式(1-3-2)和公式(2-3-2)。When b=3, a=6, and C=0 in the above formula (1-1), formula (2-1), formula (1-3), and formula (2-3), the above four formulas can correspond to Converted into formula (1-1-2), formula (2-1-2), formula (1-3-2) and formula (2-3-2).
CSi_A=3*(K+Mi-Fi)/Y    (1-1-2)CSi_A=3*(K+Mi-Fi)/Y (1-1-2)
CSi_N=6+3*(K+Mi-Fi)/Y    (2-1-2)CSi_N=6+3*(K+Mi-Fi)/Y (2-1-2)
CSi_A=3*(Mi-Fi)/Y   (1-3-2)CSi_A=3*(Mi-Fi)/Y (1-3-2)
CSi_N=6+3*(Mi-Fi)/Y    (2-3-2)CSi_N=6+3*(Mi-Fi)/Y (2-3-2)
进一步的,若第一设备所在的用户组中的多个成员设备的数量为M=10(分别表示为UE1至UE10),资源集中包括的资源(以单位为RB为例)的数量Z=6(分别表示为RB0至RB5),候选的循环移位对(CS对)为{(0,6),(3,9)},则按照上述公式(1-1-2)至公式(2-3-2)计算可以得到,UE1至UE6分别使用的资源为RB0至RB5、使用的CS对为(0,6),UE7至UE10分别使用的资源为RB0至RB3、使用的CS对为(3,9)。将该资源索引与CS对之间的对应关系可以通过如下表格1-2来表示。Further, if the number of multiple member devices in the user group where the first device is located is M=10 (represented as UE1 to UE10 respectively), the number of resources included in the resource set (taking the unit as an RB as an example) is Z=6 (Represented as RB0 to RB5), the candidate cyclic shift pair (CS pair) is {(0,6),(3,9)}, then according to the above formula (1-1-2) to formula (2- 3-2) It can be calculated that the resources used by UE1 to UE6 are RB0 to RB5, the CS pair used is (0, 6), the resources used by UE7 to UE10 are RB0 to RB3, and the CS pair used is (3 ,9). The corresponding relationship between the resource index and the CS pair can be represented by the following Table 1-2.
表1-2Table 1-2
Figure PCTCN2020075394-appb-000023
Figure PCTCN2020075394-appb-000023
需要说明的是,上述公式(1-1-2)、公式(2-1-2)、公式(1-3-2)和公式(2-3-2)仅是示例性的,可适用于M与Z的比值较小的情况,例如,在1/6<ceil(M/Z)≤Y/3的情况,ceil表示向上取整的操作。It should be noted that the above formula (1-1-2), formula (2-1-2), formula (1-3-2) and formula (2-3-2) are only exemplary and can be applied to When the ratio of M to Z is small, for example, in the case of 1/6<ceil(M/Z)≤Y/3, ceil represents the operation of rounding up.
当上述公式(1-1)、公式(2-1)、公式(1-3)、公式(2-3)中的b=1、a=6、C=0,则上述四个公式可以对应转换为公式(1-1-3)、公式(2-1-3)、公式(1-3-3)和公式(2-3-3)。When b=1, a=6, and C=0 in the above formula (1-1), formula (2-1), formula (1-3), and formula (2-3), the above four formulas can correspond to Converted to formula (1-1-3), formula (2-1-3), formula (1-3-3), and formula (2-3-3).
CSi_A=1*(K+Mi-Fi)/Y      (1-1-3)CSi_A=1*(K+Mi-Fi)/Y (1-1-3)
CSi_N=6+1*(K+Mi-Fi)/Y     (2-1-3)CSi_N=6+1*(K+Mi-Fi)/Y (2-1-3)
CSi_A=1*(Mi-Fi)/Y     (1-3-3)CSi_A=1*(Mi-Fi)/Y (1-3-3)
CSi_N=6+1*(Mi-Fi)/Y      (2-3-3)CSi_N=6+1*(Mi-Fi)/Y (2-3-3)
进一步的,若第一设备所在的用户组中的多个成员设备的数量为M=5(分别表示为UE1至UE5),资源集中包括的资源(以单位为RB为例)的数量Z=6(分别表示为RB0至RB5),候选的循环移位对(CS对)为{(0,6)},则按照上述公式(1-1-3)至公式(2-3-3)计算可以得到,UE1至UE5分别使用的资源为RB0至RB4、使用的CS对为(0,6)。将该资源索引与CS对之间的对应关系可以通过如下表格1-3来表示。Further, if the number of multiple member devices in the user group where the first device is located is M=5 (represented as UE1 to UE5 respectively), the number of resources included in the resource set (taking the unit as an RB as an example) is Z=6 (Represented as RB0 to RB5), the candidate cyclic shift pair (CS pair) is {(0,6)}, then it can be calculated according to the above formula (1-1-3) to formula (2-3-3) It is obtained that the resources used by UE1 to UE5 are RB0 to RB4, and the CS pair used is (0, 6). The corresponding relationship between the resource index and the CS pair can be represented by the following Table 1-3.
表1-3Table 1-3
Figure PCTCN2020075394-appb-000024
Figure PCTCN2020075394-appb-000024
Figure PCTCN2020075394-appb-000025
Figure PCTCN2020075394-appb-000025
需要说明的是,上述公式(1-1-3)、公式(2-1-3)、公式(1-3-3)和公式(2-3-3)仅是示例性的,可适用于M与Z的比值较小的情况,例如,在1/6<ceil(M/Z)≤Y/3的情况,ceil表示向上取整的操作。It should be noted that the above formula (1-1-3), formula (2-1-3), formula (1-3-3) and formula (2-3-3) are only exemplary and can be applied to When the ratio of M to Z is small, for example, in the case of 1/6<ceil(M/Z)≤Y/3, ceil represents the operation of rounding up.
进一步的,当资源集中包括的资源(以单位为RB为例)的数量Z=6(分别表示为RB0至RB5),候选的循环移位对(CS对)为{(0,6),(2,8),(4,10),(1,7),(3,9),(5,11)}时,可将该资源索引与CS对之间的对应关系通过如下表格1-4来表示。Further, when the number of resources included in the resource set (taking the unit as an RB as an example) Z=6 (represented as RB0 to RB5 respectively), the candidate cyclic shift pair (CS pair) is {(0,6), ( 2, 8), (4, 10), (1, 7), (3, 9), (5, 11)}, the corresponding relationship between the resource index and the CS pair can be shown in the following table 1-4 To represent.
表1-4Table 1-4
Figure PCTCN2020075394-appb-000026
Figure PCTCN2020075394-appb-000026
需要说明的是,上述表格1-4仅是示例性的,可适用于M与Z的比值较大的情况,例如,在ceil(M/Z)>Y/2的情况,ceil表示向上取整的操作。It should be noted that the above table 1-4 is only exemplary, and can be applied to the case where the ratio of M to Z is large, for example, in the case of ceil(M/Z)>Y/2, ceil means rounding up Operation.
关于公式(1-2)、公式(2-2)、公式(1-4)和公式(2-4)中不同参数的取值可以与上述公式(1-1)、公式(2-1)、公式(1-3)和公式(2-3)中参数的取值类似,具体可以参见上述相关描述中的举例,本申请实施例在此不再赘述。Regarding formula (1-2), formula (2-2), formula (1-4) and formula (2-4), the values of different parameters can be compared with the above formula (1-1) and formula (2-1). , The values of the parameters in formula (1-3) and formula (2-3) are similar. For details, please refer to the examples in the above-mentioned related descriptions, and details are not repeated here in the embodiments of the present application.
在第2种实施例中,第一设备可以根据该资源的索引Fi和第一设备的标识Mi从预定义的多个循环移位值(或者预定义的循环移位对,每个循环移位对包括一个第一循环移位值和一个第二循环移位值)中确定出第一序列的循环移位值。预定义的多个循环移位值包括以下任一种:以等间隔的方式排列的一组循环移位值,例如,{(0,6),(2,8),(4,10)};多组循环移位值,每组循环移位值以等间隔的方式排列,例如,第一组循环移位值{(0,6),(2,8),(4,10)},第二组循环移位值{(1,7),(3,9),(5,11)}。In the second embodiment, the first device may start from multiple predefined cyclic shift values (or predefined pairs of cyclic shifts, each cyclic shift The cyclic shift value of the first sequence is determined among the first cyclic shift value and the second cyclic shift value. The multiple predefined cyclic shift values include any one of the following: a group of cyclic shift values arranged in an equally spaced manner, for example, {(0,6), (2,8), (4,10)} ; Multiple groups of cyclic shift values, each group of cyclic shift values are arranged at equal intervals, for example, the first group of cyclic shift values {(0, 6), (2, 8), (4, 10)}, The second set of cyclic shift values {(1, 7), (3, 9), (5, 11)}.
具体的,若该资源的索引Fi=(K+Mi)mod Z,则第一设备可以根据Fi、Mi和Y通过公式(K+Mi-Fi)/Y确定索引值,根据该索引值从预设索引值与预设循环移位对之间的对应关系中获取该索引值对应的预设循环移位对中的循环移位值作为第一序列的循环移位值,每个预设循环移位中包括预设的一个第一循环移位值和一个第二循环移位值。Specifically, if the index of the resource Fi=(K+Mi)mod Z, the first device can determine the index value according to Fi, Mi, and Y through the formula (K+Mi-Fi)/Y, and according to the index value from the preset Set the cyclic shift value of the preset cyclic shift pair corresponding to the index value in the corresponding relationship between the index value and the preset cyclic shift pair as the cyclic shift value of the first sequence, and each preset cyclic shift The bits include a preset first cyclic shift value and a second cyclic shift value.
例如,假设循环移位对的数量Y为6、循环移位值的取值范围为0至11、预设索引值包括0至5,则预设索引值0至5对应的预设循环移位对可以为{(0,6),(2,8),(4,10),(1,7),(3,9),(5,11)}。每个循环移位值中的第一个循环位值可以为第一循环移位值,第二个循环位值可以为第一循环移位值。预设索引值与预设循环移位对(CS对)之间的对应关系具体可以如下表2-1所示,j表示预设索引值(j的取值范围为0至5),同一个预设索引值j对应的fi_A(j)表示第一循环移位值、fi_N(j)表示第二循环移位值。For example, assuming that the number of cyclic shift pairs Y is 6, the range of the cyclic shift value is 0 to 11, and the preset index value includes 0 to 5, the preset index value 0 to 5 corresponds to the preset cyclic shift The pair can be {(0,6), (2,8), (4,10), (1,7), (3,9), (5,11)}. The first cyclic bit value in each cyclic shift value may be the first cyclic shift value, and the second cyclic bit value may be the first cyclic shift value. The corresponding relationship between the preset index value and the preset cyclic shift pair (CS pair) can be specifically shown in the following table 2-1, j represents the preset index value (the value range of j is 0 to 5), the same The fi_A(j) corresponding to the preset index value j represents the first cyclic shift value, and fi_N(j) represents the second cyclic shift value.
表2-1table 2-1
Figure PCTCN2020075394-appb-000027
Figure PCTCN2020075394-appb-000027
需要说明的是,上述表2-1仅是示例性的,其中关于预设循环移位对中第一循环移位值和第二循环移位值的具体取值也是示例性的,例如,预设索引值0至5对应的预设循环移位对也可以为{(0,3),(6,9),(1,4),(7,10),(2,5),(8,11)}或者{(0,2),(4,6),(8,10),(1,3),(5,7),(9,11)}等,分别如下表2-2和2-3所示,上述表2-1并不对本申请实施例构成限制。It should be noted that the above Table 2-1 is only exemplary, and the specific values of the first cyclic shift value and the second cyclic shift value in the preset cyclic shift pair are also exemplary, for example, the pre- The preset cyclic shift pair corresponding to index values 0 to 5 can also be {(0, 3), (6, 9), (1, 4), (7, 10), (2, 5), (8 ,11)} or {(0, 2), (4, 6), (8, 10), (1, 3), (5, 7), (9, 11)}, etc., respectively, as shown in Table 2-2 As shown in and 2-3, the above Table 2-1 does not limit the embodiments of the present application.
表2-2Table 2-2
Figure PCTCN2020075394-appb-000028
Figure PCTCN2020075394-appb-000028
表2-3Table 2-3
Figure PCTCN2020075394-appb-000029
Figure PCTCN2020075394-appb-000029
另外,可选的,上述的用于ACK的CSi_A和用于NACK的CSi_N的具体值可以相互交换使用,例如:{(0,6),(2,8),(4,10),(1,7),(3,9),(5,11)}还可以表示为{(6,0),(8,2),(10,4),(7,1),(9,3),(11,5)},上述表2-1至表2-3仅是示例性的,并不对本申请实施例构成限制。In addition, optionally, the specific values of CSi_A for ACK and CSi_N for NACK can be used interchangeably, for example: {(0, 6), (2, 8), (4, 10), (1 , 7), (3, 9), (5, 11)} can also be expressed as {(6, 0), (8, 2), (10, 4), (7, 1), (9, 3) , (11, 5)}, the above Table 2-1 to Table 2-3 are only exemplary, and do not limit the embodiments of the present application.
其中,预设索引值与预设循环移位对(CS对)之间的对应关系也可以通过如下公式(3-1)和(3-2)来表示。其中,CSi_A表示索引值j对应的第一循环移位值,CSi_N表示索引值j对应的第二循环移位值,索引值j具体可通过(K+Mi-Fi)/Y来确定。关于fi_A(i)和fi_N(i)具体可以通过表格的方式来描述,也可以通过函数的形式来描述,本 申请实施例对此不作具体限制。The corresponding relationship between the preset index value and the preset cyclic shift pair (CS pair) can also be expressed by the following formulas (3-1) and (3-2). Wherein, CSi_A represents the first cyclic shift value corresponding to the index value j, CSi_N represents the second cyclic shift value corresponding to the index value j, and the index value j can be specifically determined by (K+Mi-Fi)/Y. Regarding fi_A(i) and fi_N(i), they can be described in the form of tables or in the form of functions, which are not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
CSi_A=fi_A{(K+Mi-Fi)/Y}     (3-1)CSi_A=fi_A{(K+Mi-Fi)/Y} (3-1)
CSi_N=fi_N{(K+Mi-Fi)/Y}     (3-2)CSi_N=fi_N{(K+Mi-Fi)/Y} (3-2)
具体的,若该资源的索引Fi=Mi mod Z,则第一设备可以根据Fi、Mi和Y通过公式(Mi-Fi)/Y确定索引值,根据该索引值从预设索引值与预设循环移位对之间的对应关系中获取该索引值对应的预设循环移位对中的循环移位值作为第一序列的循环移位值,每个预设循环移位中包括预设的一个第一循环移位值和一个第二循环移位值。Specifically, if the index of the resource Fi = Mi mod Z, the first device can determine the index value according to Fi, Mi, and Y through the formula (Mi-Fi)/Y, and according to the index value from the preset index value and the preset index value The cyclic shift value of the preset cyclic shift pair corresponding to the index value is obtained from the correspondence between the cyclic shift pairs as the cyclic shift value of the first sequence, and each preset cyclic shift includes the preset A first cyclic shift value and a second cyclic shift value.
其中,预设索引值与预设循环移位对之间的对应关系可以通过如下公式(3-3)和(3-4)来表示。其中,CSi_A表示索引值j对应的第一循环移位值,具体可以通过fi_A(j)来确定;CSi_N表示索引值j对应的第二循环移位值,具体可以通过fi_N(j)来确定,索引值j具体可通过(Mi-Fi)/Y来确定。Wherein, the corresponding relationship between the preset index value and the preset cyclic shift pair can be expressed by the following formulas (3-3) and (3-4). Among them, CSi_A represents the first cyclic shift value corresponding to the index value j, which can be specifically determined by fi_A(j); CSi_N represents the second cyclic shift value corresponding to the index value j, which can be specifically determined by fi_N(j), The index value j can be specifically determined by (Mi-Fi)/Y.
CSi_A=fi_A{(Mi-Fi)/Y}     (3-3)CSi_A=fi_A{(Mi-Fi)/Y} (3-3)
CSi_N=fi_N{(Mi-Fi)/Y}     (3-4)CSi_N=fi_N{(Mi-Fi)/Y} (3-4)
需要说明的是,关于fi_A(i)和fi_N(i)具体可以通过表格或预定义的排列的方式来描述,也可以通过函数的形式来描述,本申请实施例对此不作具体限制。同理,在假设循环移位对的数量Y为6、循环移位值的取值范围为0至11、预设索引值包括0至5时,预设索引值0至5与预设循环移位对之间的关系也可以如上述2所示。It should be noted that fi_A(i) and fi_N(i) can be described in a table or a predefined arrangement, and can also be described in the form of a function, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application. Similarly, assuming that the number Y of cyclic shift pairs is 6, the range of cyclic shift values is 0 to 11, and the preset index value includes 0 to 5, the preset index value 0 to 5 is the same as the preset cyclic shift The relationship between bit pairs can also be as shown in 2 above.
在第3种实施例中,第一设备根据该资源的索引Fi和第一设备的标识Mi从预配置或配置在资源集上的U个序列中确定第一序列的循环移位值,U为大于或等于2的整数。其中,第一序列的循环移位值对应的候选循环移位值包括至少两组,每组对应一个根序列号和一组循环移位值,至少两组对应的根序列号不同,至少两组对应的循环移位值相同或不同。In the third embodiment, the first device determines the cyclic shift value of the first sequence from U sequences pre-configured or configured on the resource set according to the index Fi of the resource and the identity Mi of the first device, where U is An integer greater than or equal to 2. Wherein, the candidate cyclic shift values corresponding to the cyclic shift value of the first sequence include at least two groups, and each group corresponds to a root sequence number and a group of cyclic shift values. At least two groups have different root sequence numbers, and at least two groups have different root sequence numbers. The corresponding cyclic shift values are the same or different.
其中,U个序列可以事先预配置或者配置在资源集或资源池上的,具体可以将U个序列的根序列号事先预配置或者配置在资源集上,当第一设备确定第一序列的循环移位值时,第一设备可以先确定第一序列的根序列号,进而再确定在该根序列号对应的一组循环移位值中确定第一序列的循环移位值。下面以U=2为例进行举例说明。Among them, U sequences can be pre-configured or configured on the resource set or resource pool. Specifically, the root sequence numbers of the U sequences can be pre-configured or configured on the resource set. When the first device determines the cyclic shift of the first sequence For the bit value, the first device may first determine the root sequence number of the first sequence, and then determine the cyclic shift value of the first sequence in a group of cyclic shift values corresponding to the root sequence number. The following takes U=2 as an example for illustration.
第一设备所在的用户组中的多个成员设备的数量为M,资源集中包括的资源的数量为Z,循环移位对的数量为Y,则第一设备可以根据M/Z/Y的比值来确定第一序列的根序列号。根据M/Z/Y的比值的大小的取值对应确定U个不同的根序列号。例如,以U=2,且对应的两个根序列号为u1和u2,当M/Z/Y≤1/2时,第一设备可以确定第一序列的根序列号为u1,当M/Z/Y>1/2时,第一设备可以确定第一序列的根序列号为u2。可选地,在确定第一序列的根序列号之后,第一设备可以按照上述第1种实施例或第2种实施例所提供的方式确定第一序列的循环移位值。The number of multiple member devices in the user group where the first device is located is M, the number of resources included in the resource set is Z, and the number of cyclic shift pairs is Y, then the first device can be based on the ratio of M/Z/Y To determine the root sequence number of the first sequence. According to the value of the ratio of M/Z/Y, U different root sequence numbers are determined correspondingly. For example, if U=2, and the two corresponding root sequence numbers are u1 and u2, when M/Z/Y≤1/2, the first device can determine that the root sequence number of the first sequence is u1, and when M/Z/Y≤1/2, the root sequence number of the first sequence is u1. When Z/Y>1/2, the first device can determine that the root sequence number of the first sequence is u2. Optionally, after determining the root sequence number of the first sequence, the first device may determine the cyclic shift value of the first sequence in the manner provided in the first embodiment or the second embodiment.
示例性的,当第3种实施例中采用上述第1种实施例所提供的方式确定第一序列的循环移位值时,若该资源的索引Fi=(K+Mi)mod Z,则第一设备可以根据Fi、Mi和Y通过如下公式确定第一序列的第一循环移位值。Exemplarily, when the cyclic shift value of the first sequence is determined by the method provided in the first embodiment in the third embodiment, if the index of the resource Fi=(K+Mi)mod Z, then the first A device can determine the first cyclic shift value of the first sequence according to Fi, Mi, and Y using the following formula.
具体的,当M/Z/Y≤1/2时,第一序列的根序列号为u1,第一设备按照如下公式(4-1)或公式(4-2)确定第一序列的第一循环移位值CSi_A,按照如下公式(4-3)或公式(4-4)确定第一序列的第二循环移位值CSi_N。Specifically, when M/Z/Y≤1/2, the root sequence number of the first sequence is u1, and the first device determines the first sequence of the first sequence according to the following formula (4-1) or formula (4-2) For the cyclic shift value CSi_A, the second cyclic shift value CSi_N of the first sequence is determined according to the following formula (4-3) or formula (4-4).
CSi_A=b*(K+Mi-Fi)/Y+C1    (4-1)CSi_A=b*(K+Mi-Fi)/Y+C1 (4-1)
CSi_A=b*((K+Mi-Fi)/Y+C1)mod Ncs    (4-2)CSi_A=b*((K+Mi-Fi)/Y+C1)mod Ncs (4-2)
CSi_N=a1+b*(K+Mi-Fi)/Y+C1    (4-3)CSi_N=a1+b*(K+Mi-Fi)/Y+C1 (4-3)
CSi_N=a1+b*((K+Mi-Fi)/Y+C1)mod Ncs     (4-4)CSi_N=a1+b*((K+Mi-Fi)/Y+C1)mod Ncs (4-4)
当M/Z/Y>1/2时,第一序列的根序列号为u2,第一设备按照如下公式(5-1)或公式(5-2)确定第一序列的第一循环移位值CSi_A,按照如下公式(5-3)或公式(5-4)确定第一序列的第二循环移位值CSi_N。When M/Z/Y>1/2, the root sequence number of the first sequence is u2, and the first device determines the first cyclic shift of the first sequence according to the following formula (5-1) or formula (5-2) For the value CSi_A, the second cyclic shift value CSi_N of the first sequence is determined according to the following formula (5-3) or formula (5-4).
CSi_A=b*(K+Mi-Fi)/Y+C2    (5-1)CSi_A=b*(K+Mi-Fi)/Y+C2 (5-1)
CSi_A=b*((K+Mi-Fi)/Y+C2)mod Ncs     (5-2)CSi_A=b*((K+Mi-Fi)/Y+C2)mod Ncs (5-2)
CSi_N=a2+b*(K+Mi-Fi)/Y+C2     (5-3)CSi_N=a2+b*(K+Mi-Fi)/Y+C2 (5-3)
CSi_N=a2+b*((K+Mi-Fi)/Y+C2)mod Ncs     (5-4)CSi_N=a2+b*((K+Mi-Fi)/Y+C2)mod Ncs (5-4)
当第3种实施例中采用上述第1种实施例所提供的方式确定第一序列的循环移位值时,若该资源的索引Fi=Mi mod Z,则第一设备可以根据Fi、Mi和Y通过如下公式确定第一序列的第一循环移位值。When the third embodiment uses the method provided in the first embodiment to determine the cyclic shift value of the first sequence, if the index of the resource Fi = Mi mod Z, the first device can be based on Fi, Mi and Y determines the first cyclic shift value of the first sequence by the following formula.
当M/Z/Y≤1/2时,第一序列的根序列号为u1,第一设备按照如下公式(4-5)或公式(4-6)确定第一序列的第一循环移位值CSi_A,按照如下公式(4-7)或公式(4-8)确定第一序列的第二循环移位值CSi_N。When M/Z/Y≤1/2, the root sequence number of the first sequence is u1, and the first device determines the first cyclic shift of the first sequence according to the following formula (4-5) or formula (4-6) For the value CSi_A, the second cyclic shift value CSi_N of the first sequence is determined according to the following formula (4-7) or formula (4-8).
CSi_A=b*(Mi-Fi)/Y+C1     (4-5)CSi_A=b*(Mi-Fi)/Y+C1 (4-5)
CSi_A=b*((Mi-Fi)/Y+C1)mod Ncs    (4-6)CSi_A=b*((Mi-Fi)/Y+C1)mod Ncs (4-6)
CSi_N=a1+b*(Mi-Fi)/Y+C1     (4-7)CSi_N=a1+b*(Mi-Fi)/Y+C1 (4-7)
CSi_N=a1+b*((Mi-Fi)/Y+C1)mod Ncs    (4-8)CSi_N=a1+b*((Mi-Fi)/Y+C1)mod Ncs (4-8)
当M/Z/Y>1/2时,第一序列的根序列号为u2,第一设备按照如下公式(5-5)或公式(5-6)确定第一序列的第一循环移位值CSi_A,按照如下公式(5-7)或公式(5-8)确定第一序列的第二循环移位值CSi_N。When M/Z/Y>1/2, the root sequence number of the first sequence is u2, and the first device determines the first cyclic shift of the first sequence according to the following formula (5-5) or formula (5-6) For the value CSi_A, the second cyclic shift value CSi_N of the first sequence is determined according to the following formula (5-7) or formula (5-8).
CSi_A=b*(Mi-Fi)/Y+C2     (5-5)CSi_A=b*(Mi-Fi)/Y+C2 (5-5)
CSi_A=b*((Mi-Fi)/Y+C2)mod Ncs    (5-6)CSi_A=b*((Mi-Fi)/Y+C2)mod Ncs (5-6)
CSi_N=a2+b*(Mi-Fi)/Y+C2     (5-7)CSi_N=a2+b*(Mi-Fi)/Y+C2 (5-7)
CSi_N=a2+b*((Mi-Fi)/Y+C2)mod Ncs     (5-8)CSi_N=a2+b*((Mi-Fi)/Y+C2)mod Ncs (5-8)
需要说明的是,上述公式(4-1)至公式(4-8)、以及公式(5-1)至公式(5-8)中的a1和a2的取值可以相同或不同,C1和C2的取值也可以相同或不同,本申请实施例对此不作具体限制。关于其他参数的描述具体可以与上述第1种实施例中的相同参数的描述一致,本申请实施例在此不再赘述。It should be noted that the values of a1 and a2 in the above formula (4-1) to formula (4-8) and formula (5-1) to formula (5-8) can be the same or different, C1 and C2 The value of may also be the same or different, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application. The description of other parameters may be the same as the description of the same parameters in the first embodiment, which is not repeated in the embodiment of the present application.
示例性的,当第3种实施例中采用上述第2种实施例所提供的方式确定第一序列的循环移位值时,第一设备可以根据Fi、Mi和Y从预定义的多个循环移位值中确定出第一序列的循环移位值。Exemplarily, when the cyclic shift value of the first sequence is determined by the method provided in the second embodiment in the third embodiment, the first device may start from the predefined multiple cyclic shift values according to Fi, Mi, and Y. The cyclic shift value of the first sequence is determined from the shift value.
具体的,当M/Z/Y≤1/2时,第一序列的根序列号为u1,第一设备根据Fi、Mi和Y查询根序列号u1对应的一组循环移位值,以确定第一序列的循环移位值;当M/Z/Y>1/2时,第一序列的根序列号为u2,第一设备根据Fi、Mi和Y查询根序列号u2对应的一组循环移位值,以确定第一序列的循环移位值。两个根序列号对应的一组循环 移位值均可以通过上述表2-1所示的形式来表示,也可以通过上述公式(3-1)和公式(3-2)、或者公式(3-3)和公式(3-4)的形式来表示。Specifically, when M/Z/Y≤1/2, the root sequence number of the first sequence is u1, and the first device queries the set of cyclic shift values corresponding to the root sequence number u1 according to Fi, Mi, and Y to determine The cyclic shift value of the first sequence; when M/Z/Y>1/2, the root sequence number of the first sequence is u2, and the first device queries the set of cycles corresponding to the root sequence number u2 according to Fi, Mi and Y Shift value to determine the cyclic shift value of the first sequence. A set of cyclic shift values corresponding to the two root sequence numbers can be expressed in the form shown in Table 2-1 above, and can also be expressed in the above formula (3-1) and formula (3-2), or formula (3 -3) and formula (3-4).
可选的,每个根序列号对应的一组循环移位值中还可以包括该根序列号,例如,预定义的多个循环移位值可以为{(u1,0,6),(u1,2,8),(u1,4,10),(u2,0,6),(u2,2,8),(u2,4,10)},{(u1,0,6),(u1,2,8),(u1,4,10),(u2,1,7),(u2,3,9),(u2,5,11)},{(u1,0,2),(u1,4,6),(u1,8,10),(u2,0,2),(u2,4,6),(u2,8,10)},或者{(u1,0,2),(u1,4,6),(u1,8,10),(u2,1,3),(u2,5,7),(u2,9,11)}等。Optionally, a set of cyclic shift values corresponding to each root sequence number may also include the root sequence number. For example, multiple predefined cyclic shift values may be {(u1, 0, 6), (u1 ,2,8),(u1,4,10),(u2,0,6),(u2,2,8),(u2,4,10)},{(u1,0,6),(u1 ,2,8),(u1,4,10),(u2,1,7),(u2,3,9),(u2,5,11)},{(u1,0,2),(u1 , 4, 6), (u1, 8, 10), (u2, 0, 2), (u2, 4, 6), (u2, 8, 10)}, or {(u1, 0, 2), ( u1,4,6), (u1,8,10), (u2,1,3), (u2,5,7), (u2,9,11)} etc.
上述第一种方式,可以确保所有成员设备之间的序列具有尽可能均匀地的循环移位值的分配,以实现多成员设备间码分复用传输时的最佳的信息传输效果,和最好的对应接收机侧(即第二设备侧)的检测性能。The above-mentioned first method can ensure that the sequence between all member devices has as even a distribution of cyclic shift values as possible, so as to achieve the best information transmission effect during code division multiplexing transmission between multiple member devices, and the most Good corresponds to the detection performance on the receiver side (ie, the second device side).
第二种方式、第一设备根据该资源的索引Fi与第一设备的标识Mi之间的差值确定第一序列的循环移位值。In the second way, the first device determines the cyclic shift value of the first sequence according to the difference between the index Fi of the resource and the identifier Mi of the first device.
第一设备根据该资源的索引Fi与第一设备的标识Mi之间的差值确定第一序列的循环移位值,具体可以理解为第一序列的循环移位值为(Mi-Fi)的函数,也即是,将(Mi-Fi)作为一个整体变量去确定第一序列的循环移位值,假设x=Mi-Fi。The first device determines the cyclic shift value of the first sequence according to the difference between the index Fi of the resource and the identifier Mi of the first device. Specifically, it can be understood that the cyclic shift value of the first sequence is (Mi-Fi) The function, that is, takes (Mi-Fi) as an overall variable to determine the cyclic shift value of the first sequence, assuming x=Mi-Fi.
在一种实施例中,第一设备可以将公式(1-1)至公式(1-4)、以及公式(2-1)至公式(2-4)中的Mi-Fi通过变量x来替代,进而根据替代后的公式可确定第一序列的循环移位值,替代后的公式可以表示为公式(1-1)’至公式(1-4)’、以及公式(2-1)’至公式(2-4)’。In an embodiment, the first device may replace Mi-Fi in formula (1-1) to formula (1-4), and formula (2-1) to formula (2-4) by the variable x , And then the cyclic shift value of the first sequence can be determined according to the substituted formula. The substituted formula can be expressed as formula (1-1)' to formula (1-4)' and formula (2-1)' to Formula (2-4)'.
CSi_A=b*(K+x)/Y+C      (1-1)’CSi_A=b*(K+x)/Y+C (1-1)’
CSi_A=b*((K+x)/Y+C)mod Ncs      (1-2)’CSi_A=b*((K+x)/Y+C)mod Ncs (1-2)’
CSi_N=a+b*(K+x)/Y+C      (2-1)’CSi_N=a+b*(K+x)/Y+C (2-1)’
CSi_N=a+b*((K+x)/Y+C)mod Ncs     (2-2)’CSi_N=a+b*((K+x)/Y+C)mod Ncs (2-2)’
CSi_A=b*x/Y+C      (1-3)’CSi_A=b*x/Y+C (1-3)’
CSi_A=b*(x/Y+C)mod Ncs     (1-4)’CSi_A=b*(x/Y+C)mod Ncs (1-4)’
CSi_N=a+b*x/Y+C      (2-3)’CSi_N=a+b*x/Y+C (2-3)’
CSi_N=a+b*(x/Y+C)mod Ncs      (2-4)’CSi_N=a+b*(x/Y+C)mod Ncs (2-4)’
需要说明的是,上述公式(1-1)’至公式(1-4)’、以及公式(2-1)’至公式(2-4)’的描述与上述公式(1-1)至公式(1-4)、以及公式(2-1)至公式(2-4)的描述类似,具体可以参见上文中的相关描述,本申请实施例在此不再赘述。It should be noted that the description of the above formula (1-1)' to formula (1-4)' and formula (2-1)' to formula (2-4)' is the same as the above formula (1-1) to formula The descriptions of (1-4) and formulas (2-1) to (2-4) are similar. For details, please refer to the relevant descriptions above, and the description of the embodiments of the present application will not be repeated here.
在另一种实施例中,第一设备可以根据变量x从预定义的多个循环移位值中确定出第一序列的循环移位值。若该资源的索引Fi=(K+Mi)mod Z,则第一设备可以根据(K+x)/Y确定索引值;若该资源的索引Fi=Mi mod Z,则第一设备可以根据Fi、Mi和Y通过公式x/Y确定索引值。进而,再根据该索引值从预设索引值与预设循环移位对之间的对应关系中获取该索引值对应的预设循环移位对中的循环移位值作为第一序列的循环移位值,每个预设循环移位中包括预设的一个第一循环移位值和一个第二循环移位值。In another embodiment, the first device may determine the cyclic shift value of the first sequence from a plurality of predefined cyclic shift values according to the variable x. If the index of the resource Fi=(K+Mi)mod Z, the first device can determine the index value according to (K+x)/Y; if the index of the resource Fi=Mimod Z, the first device can determine the index value according to Fi , Mi and Y determine the index value by the formula x/Y. Furthermore, according to the index value, the cyclic shift value of the preset cyclic shift pair corresponding to the index value is obtained from the corresponding relationship between the preset index value and the preset cyclic shift pair as the cyclic shift value of the first sequence. Bit value, each preset cyclic shift includes a preset first cyclic shift value and a second cyclic shift value.
需要说明的是,第一设备根据该索引值从预设索引值与预设循环移位对之间的对 应关系中获取该索引值对应的预设循环移位对中的循环移位值作为第一序列的循环移位值的具体过程与上述第一种方式中的第2种实施例中的描述类似,只需将上述第2种实施例中的(Mi-Fi)作为整体变量x即可,因此具体可以参见上文中的相关描述,本申请在此不再赘述。It should be noted that, according to the index value, the first device obtains the cyclic shift value of the preset cyclic shift pair corresponding to the index value from the corresponding relationship between the preset index value and the preset cyclic shift pair as the first The specific process of a sequence of cyclic shift values is similar to the description in the second embodiment in the above-mentioned first method, and only needs to use (Mi-Fi) in the above-mentioned second embodiment as the overall variable x. , So you can refer to the relevant description above for details, and will not be repeated here in this application.
在又一种实施例中,第一设备可以根据变量x从预配置或配置在资源集上的U个序列中确定第一序列的循环移位值,U为大于或等于2的整数。其中,第一序列的循环移位值对应的候选循环移位值包括至少两组,每组对应一个根序列号和一组循环移位值,至少两组对应的根序列号不同,至少两组对应的循环移位值相同或不同。In another embodiment, the first device may determine the cyclic shift value of the first sequence from U sequences pre-configured or configured on the resource set according to the variable x, where U is an integer greater than or equal to 2. Wherein, the candidate cyclic shift values corresponding to the cyclic shift value of the first sequence include at least two groups, and each group corresponds to a root sequence number and a group of cyclic shift values. At least two groups have different root sequence numbers, and at least two groups have different root sequence numbers. The corresponding cyclic shift values are the same or different.
其中,U个序列可以事先预配置或者配置在资源集上,具体可以将U个序列的根序列号事先预配置或者配置在资源集上,当第一设备确定第一序列的循环移位值时,第一设备可以先确定第一序列的根序列号,进而再确定在该根序列号对应的一组循环移位值中确定第一序列的循环移位值。下面以U=2为例进行举例说明。Among them, the U sequences can be pre-configured or configured on the resource set. Specifically, the root sequence numbers of the U sequences can be pre-configured or configured on the resource set in advance. When the first device determines the cyclic shift value of the first sequence , The first device may first determine the root sequence number of the first sequence, and then determine the cyclic shift value of the first sequence in a group of cyclic shift values corresponding to the root sequence number. The following takes U=2 as an example for illustration.
具体的,若第一设备所在的用户组中的多个成员设备的数量为M,资源集中包括的资源的数量为Z,循环移位对的数量为Y,则第一设备可以根据M/Z/Y的比值来确定第一序列的根序列号。例如,以U=2,且对应的两个根序列号为u1和u2,当M/Z/Y≤1/2时,第一设备可以确定第一序列的根序列号为u1,当M/Z/Y>1/2时,第一设备可以确定第一序列的根序列号为u2。在确定第一序列的根序列号之后,第一设备可以按照上述第二种方式下的前两种实施例所提供的方式确定第一序列的循环移位值。Specifically, if the number of multiple member devices in the user group where the first device is located is M, the number of resources included in the resource set is Z, and the number of cyclic shift pairs is Y, then the first device can use M/Z The ratio of /Y determines the root sequence number of the first sequence. For example, if U=2, and the two corresponding root sequence numbers are u1 and u2, when M/Z/Y≤1/2, the first device can determine that the root sequence number of the first sequence is u1, and when M/Z/Y≤1/2, the root sequence number of the first sequence is u1. When Z/Y>1/2, the first device can determine that the root sequence number of the first sequence is u2. After determining the root sequence number of the first sequence, the first device may determine the cyclic shift value of the first sequence in the manner provided in the first two embodiments in the second manner described above.
需要说明的是,第一设备可以按照上述第二种方式下的前两种实施例所提供的方式确定第一序列的循环移位值的具体过程可以参见上文中的相关描述,本申请实施例在此不再赘述。It should be noted that the specific process by which the first device can determine the cyclic shift value of the first sequence in the manner provided by the first two embodiments in the second manner can refer to the relevant description above. The embodiment of the present application I won't repeat them here.
上述第二种方式,可以提高确定第一序列的循环移位值的速度和多样性,并确保所有成员设备之间的序列具有尽可能均匀地的循环移位值的分配,以实现多成员设备间码分复用传输时的最佳的信息传输效果,和最好的对应接收机侧(即第二设备侧)的检测性能。The above-mentioned second method can improve the speed and diversity of determining the cyclic shift value of the first sequence, and ensure that the sequence among all member devices has as even a distribution of cyclic shift values as possible, so as to realize multi-member devices. The best information transmission effect during inter-code division multiplexing transmission, and the best detection performance on the receiver side (ie, the second device side).
第三种方式、第一设备根据(Mi-Fi)/Y确定第一序列的循环移位值;或者,根据(K+Mi-Fi)/Y确定第一序列的循环移位值,其中K为从第二设备接收到的物理层源标识。In the third way, the first device determines the cyclic shift value of the first sequence according to (Mi-Fi)/Y; or, determines the cyclic shift value of the first sequence according to (K+Mi-Fi)/Y, where K Is the physical layer source identifier received from the second device.
第一设备根据(Mi-Fi)/Y确定第一序列的循环移位值,具体可以理解为第一序列的循环移位值为(Mi-Fi)/Y的函数,也即是,将(Mi-Fi)/Y作为一个整体变量去确定第一序列的循环移位值,假设t=(Mi-Fi)/Y。或者,根据(K+Mi-Fi)/Y确定第一序列的循环移位值,可以理解为第一序列的循环移位值为K+Mi-Fi)/Y的函数,也即是,将(K+Mi-Fi)/Y作为一个整体变量去确定第一序列的循环移位值,假设t=(K+Mi-Fi)/Y。The first device determines the cyclic shift value of the first sequence according to (Mi-Fi)/Y. Specifically, it can be understood as the cyclic shift value of the first sequence as a function of (Mi-Fi)/Y, that is, the ( Mi-Fi)/Y is used as an overall variable to determine the cyclic shift value of the first sequence, assuming t=(Mi-Fi)/Y. Or, the cyclic shift value of the first sequence is determined according to (K+Mi-Fi)/Y, which can be understood as a function of the cyclic shift value of the first sequence K+Mi-Fi)/Y, that is, (K+Mi-Fi)/Y is used as a whole variable to determine the cyclic shift value of the first sequence, assuming t=(K+Mi-Fi)/Y.
在一种实施例中,第一设备可以将公式(1-1)和公式(1-2)、以及公式(2-1)和公式(2-2)中的(Mi-Fi)/Y通过变量t来替代,或者将公式(1-3)和公式(1-4)、以及公式(2-3)和公式(2-4)中的K+Mi-Fi)/Y通过变量t来替代,进而根据替代后的公式可确定第一序列的循环移位值,替代后的公式可以表示为公式(1-1)”和公式(1-2)”、以及公式(2-1)”和公式(2-2)”。In an embodiment, the first device can pass formula (1-1) and formula (1-2), and (Mi-Fi)/Y in formula (2-1) and formula (2-2) through Replace with variable t, or replace K+Mi-Fi)/Y in formula (1-3) and formula (1-4), and formula (2-3) and formula (2-4) with variable t , And then the cyclic shift value of the first sequence can be determined according to the substituted formula. The substituted formula can be expressed as formula (1-1)” and formula (1-2)”, as well as formula (2-1)” and Formula (2-2)".
CSi_A=b*t+C       (1-1)”CSi_A=b*t+C (1-1)"
CSi_A=b*(t+C)mod Ncs      (1-2)”CSi_A=b*(t+C)mod Ncs (1-2)"
CSi_N=a+b*t+C      (2-1)”CSi_N=a+b*t+C (2-1)"
CSi_N=a+b*(t+C)mod Ncs     (2-2)”CSi_N=a+b*(t+C)mod Ncs (2-2)"
需要说明的是,上述(1-1)”和公式(1-2)”、以及公式(2-1)”和公式(2-2)”的描述与上述公式(1-1)至公式(1-4)、以及公式(2-1)至公式(2-4)的描述类似,具体可以参见上文中的相关描述,本申请实施例在此不再赘述。It should be noted that the description of the above (1-1)" and formula (1-2)", and the description of formula (2-1)" and formula (2-2)" is the same as the description of the above formula (1-1) to formula ( The descriptions of 1-4) and formulas (2-1) to (2-4) are similar. For details, please refer to the relevant descriptions above, which will not be repeated here in the embodiments of the present application.
在另一种实施例中,第一设备可以根据变量t从预定义的多个循环移位值中确定出第一序列的循环移位值。若该资源的索引Fi=(K+Mi)mod Z,t=(K+Mi-Fi)/Y,则第一设备可以根据t确定索引值;若该资源的索引Fi=Mi mod Z,t=(Mi-Fi)/Y,则第一设备可以根据Fi、Mi和Y通过公式t确定索引值。进而,再根据该索引值从预设索引值与预设循环移位对之间的对应关系中获取该索引值对应的预设循环移位对中的循环移位值作为第一序列的循环移位值,每个预设循环移位中包括预设的一个第一循环移位值和一个第二循环移位值。In another embodiment, the first device may determine the cyclic shift value of the first sequence from a plurality of predefined cyclic shift values according to the variable t. If the index of the resource Fi=(K+Mi)mod Z, t=(K+Mi-Fi)/Y, the first device can determine the index value according to t; if the index of the resource Fi=Mimod Z, t =(Mi-Fi)/Y, the first device can determine the index value according to Fi, Mi, and Y through the formula t. Furthermore, according to the index value, the cyclic shift value of the preset cyclic shift pair corresponding to the index value is obtained from the corresponding relationship between the preset index value and the preset cyclic shift pair as the cyclic shift value of the first sequence. Bit value, each preset cyclic shift includes a preset first cyclic shift value and a second cyclic shift value.
需要说明的是,第一设备根据该索引值从预设索引值与预设循环移位对之间的对应关系中获取该索引值对应的预设循环移位对中的循环移位值作为第一序列的循环移位值的具体过程与上述第一种方式中的第2种实施例中的描述类似,只需将上述第2种实施例中的(K+Mi-Fi)/Y或者(Mi-Fi)/Y作为整体变量t即可,因此具体可以参见上文中的相关描述,本申请在此不再赘述。It should be noted that, according to the index value, the first device obtains the cyclic shift value of the preset cyclic shift pair corresponding to the index value from the corresponding relationship between the preset index value and the preset cyclic shift pair as the first The specific process of a sequence of cyclic shift values is similar to the description in the second embodiment in the first method, and only needs to be (K+Mi-Fi)/Y or ( Mi-Fi)/Y can be taken as the overall variable t, so for details, please refer to the relevant description above, which will not be repeated here in this application.
在又一种实施例中,第一设备可以根据变量t从预配置或配置在资源集上的U个序列中确定第一序列的循环移位值,U为大于或等于2的整数。其中,第一序列的循环移位值对应的候选循环移位值包括至少两组,每组对应一个根序列号和一组循环移位值,至少两组对应的根序列号不同,至少两组对应的循环移位值相同或不同。In another embodiment, the first device may determine the cyclic shift value of the first sequence from U sequences pre-configured or configured on the resource set according to the variable t, where U is an integer greater than or equal to 2. Wherein, the candidate cyclic shift values corresponding to the cyclic shift value of the first sequence include at least two groups, and each group corresponds to a root sequence number and a group of cyclic shift values. At least two groups have different root sequence numbers, and at least two groups have different root sequence numbers. The corresponding cyclic shift values are the same or different.
其中,U个序列可以事先预配置或者配置在资源集上,具体可以将U个序列的根序列号事先预配置或者配置在资源集上,当第一设备确定第一序列的循环移位值时,第一设备可以先确定第一序列的根序列号,进而再确定在该根序列号对应的一组循环移位值中确定第一序列的循环移位值。下面以U=2为例进行举例说明。Among them, the U sequences can be pre-configured or configured on the resource set. Specifically, the root sequence numbers of the U sequences can be pre-configured or configured on the resource set in advance. When the first device determines the cyclic shift value of the first sequence , The first device may first determine the root sequence number of the first sequence, and then determine the cyclic shift value of the first sequence in a group of cyclic shift values corresponding to the root sequence number. The following takes U=2 as an example for illustration.
具体的,若第一设备所在的用户组中的多个成员设备的数量为M,资源集中包括的资源的数量为Z,循环移位对的数量为Y,则第一设备可以根据M/Z/Y的比值来确定第一序列的根序列号。例如,以U=2,且对应的两个根序列号为u1和u2,当M/Z/Y≤1/2时,第一设备可以确定第一序列的根序列号为u1,当M/Z/Y>1/2时,第一设备可以确定第一序列的根序列号为u2。在确定第一序列的根序列号之后,第一设备可以按照上述第三种方式下的前两种实施例所提供的方式确定第一序列的循环移位值。Specifically, if the number of multiple member devices in the user group where the first device is located is M, the number of resources included in the resource set is Z, and the number of cyclic shift pairs is Y, then the first device can use M/Z The ratio of /Y determines the root sequence number of the first sequence. For example, if U=2, and the two corresponding root sequence numbers are u1 and u2, when M/Z/Y≤1/2, the first device can determine that the root sequence number of the first sequence is u1, and when M/Z/Y≤1/2, the root sequence number of the first sequence is u1. When Z/Y>1/2, the first device can determine that the root sequence number of the first sequence is u2. After determining the root sequence number of the first sequence, the first device may determine the cyclic shift value of the first sequence in the manner provided by the first two embodiments in the third manner.
需要说明的是,第一设备可以按照上述第二种方式下的前两种实施例所提供的方式确定第一序列的循环移位值的具体过程可以参见上文中的相关描述,本申请实施例在此不再赘述。It should be noted that the specific process by which the first device can determine the cyclic shift value of the first sequence in the manner provided in the first two embodiments in the second manner can refer to the relevant description above. I won't repeat them here.
上述第三种方式,可以提高确定第一序列的循环移位值的速度和多样性,并确保所有成员设备之间的序列具有尽可能均匀地的循环移位值的分配,以实现多成员设备间码分复用传输时的最佳的信息传输效果,和最好的对应接收机侧(即第二设备侧)的检测性能。The third method mentioned above can improve the speed and diversity of determining the cyclic shift value of the first sequence, and ensure that the sequence among all member devices has as even a distribution of cyclic shift values as possible, so as to realize multi-member devices. The best information transmission effect during inter-code division multiplexing transmission, and the best detection performance on the receiver side (ie, the second device side).
本申请实施例提供的方法,在无网络或无中心节点控制的情况下,能够在同一个资源或资源集上实现多用户设备传输控制信息时的码分复用,以确保所有用户设备之间的序列具有尽可能均匀地的循环移位值的分配值,以实现多用户设备间码分复用传输时的最佳的信息传输效果,和对应接收机侧(即第二设备侧)的最佳的检测性能。进一步地,当不同用户设备在相同的资源或资源集上以码分复用的方式分别发送肯定的应答ACK或否定的应答NACK时,同一个用户设备的ACK和NACK之间,以及不同用户设备传输ACK和NACK的序列之间有尽可能均匀的序列的循环移位值的分配,从而实现多用户设备间码分复用传输时的最佳的信息传输效果,和对应接收机侧的最佳的检测性能。The method provided in the embodiments of the present application can implement code division multiplexing when multiple user equipment transmits control information on the same resource or resource set without network or central node control, so as to ensure that all user equipment The sequence has the distribution value of the cyclic shift value as evenly as possible, in order to achieve the best information transmission effect during code division multiplexing transmission between multi-user equipment, and the best information transmission effect corresponding to the receiver side (that is, the second device side) Excellent detection performance. Further, when different user equipments respectively send positive acknowledgement ACK or negative acknowledgement NACK on the same resource or resource set in a code division multiplexing manner, between ACK and NACK of the same user equipment, and different user equipment The cyclic shift value of the sequence is distributed as evenly as possible between the sequences for transmitting ACK and NACK, so as to achieve the best information transmission effect during code division multiplexing transmission between multi-user equipment and the best corresponding receiver side The detection performance.
本申请实施例还提供另一种控制信息传输方法,该方法包括以下步骤。The embodiment of the present application also provides another control information transmission method, which includes the following steps.
S11:第一设备确定用于发送第一控制信息的循环移位值。S11: The first device determines a cyclic shift value used to send the first control information.
其中,该循环移位值由第一控制信息关联的第二控制信息和/或第二控制信息调度的数据的CRC确定;或者,该循环移位值由第一控制信息关联的第二控制信息和/或第二控制信息指示的信令中的一种或多种的组合确定。Wherein, the cyclic shift value is determined by the second control information associated with the first control information and/or the CRC of the data scheduled by the second control information; or, the cyclic shift value is determined by the second control information associated with the first control information And/or a combination of one or more of the signaling indicated by the second control information is determined.
S12:第一设备根据循环移位值确定第一序列。S12: The first device determines the first sequence according to the cyclic shift value.
S13:第一设备发送第一序列。S13: The first device sends the first sequence.
可选的,第一控制信息为第一设备接收到第二设备发送的数据的反馈信息。Optionally, the first control information is feedback information that the first device receives data sent by the second device.
可选的,第一控制信息关联的第二控制信息和/或第二控制信息调度的数据,包括:第一控制信息为物理层应答信息,为物理层应答信息对应的数据的应答,其中第二控制信息为指示所据传输资源的信息。Optionally, the second control information associated with the first control information and/or the data scheduled by the second control information includes: the first control information is physical layer response information, which is a response to data corresponding to the physical layer response information, where the first control information The second control information is information indicating the transmission resource under which it is based.
可选的,第二控制信息为第二设备发送上述数据时使用的第一级控制信息和/或第二级控制信息。Optionally, the second control information is the first-level control information and/or the second-level control information used when the second device sends the foregoing data.
可选地,该循环移位值由第一控制信息关联的第二控制信息和/或第二控制信息指示的信令中的一种或多种的组合确定,包括第一级第二控制信息和/或第二级第二控制信息指示的信令中的一种或多种的组合。可选地,第一级第二控制信息包括的信令有:时域资源的指示信息、频域指示信息,MCS值、和/或DMRS样式的指示信息;第一级第二控制信息包括的信令有:源标识的指示信息,和/或目的标识的指示信息等。Optionally, the cyclic shift value is determined by a combination of one or more of the second control information associated with the first control information and/or the signaling indicated by the second control information, including the first level second control information And/or a combination of one or more of the signaling indicated by the second level second control information. Optionally, the signaling included in the first level second control information includes: time domain resource indication information, frequency domain indication information, MCS value, and/or DMRS pattern indication information; the first level second control information includes The signaling includes: indication information of the source identification, and/or indication information of the destination identification, etc.
可选地,以该循环移位值由第一控制信息关联的第二控制信息和/或第二控制信息指示的信令中的一种或多种的组合确定为例:Optionally, taking the cyclic shift value determined by one or a combination of one or more of the second control information associated with the first control information and/or the signaling indicated by the second control information as an example:
Figure PCTCN2020075394-appb-000030
Figure PCTCN2020075394-appb-000030
其中,x i表示指示的信令中的任意一种,L表示信令的比特数、或信令中的低L个比特位或高L个比特位。 Wherein, x i represents any one of the indicated signaling, and L represents the number of signaling bits, or the low L bits or the high L bits in the signaling.
可选地,对于CRC为例,对于控制信息或数据的CRC校验位,转换为十进制数后,可以表示为:Optionally, for CRC as an example, the CRC check bit of control information or data, after being converted into a decimal number, can be expressed as:
Figure PCTCN2020075394-appb-000031
Figure PCTCN2020075394-appb-000031
其中,p i为发端设备(比如,第一设备)生成CRC之后的CRC验证位,L表示CRC验证位的长度,例如,CRC验证位的长度可以为8,12,16,24等。 Wherein, p i is the CRC verification bit after the CRC is generated by the originating device (for example, the first device), and L represents the length of the CRC verification bit. For example, the length of the CRC verification bit may be 8, 12, 16, 24, etc.
可选的,用于传输控制信息的序列的循环移位α可以通过公式(II-2)来描述:Optionally, the cyclic shift α of the sequence used to transmit control information can be described by formula (II-2):
Figure PCTCN2020075394-appb-000032
Figure PCTCN2020075394-appb-000032
其中,
Figure PCTCN2020075394-appb-000033
是无线帧上的时隙号,μ表示子载波间隔,l和l’表示时隙中符号的索引。可选的,l和/或l’可以是发送第一控制信息所在的符号,且可以为预定的常数,例如12、10、11或24等,本申请实施例对此不做限定。m 0和m cs分别为第一循环移位值和第二循环移位值,且均为整数。可选的,m 0和m cs的具体取值可以为预定义的,或者由信令配置的,或者由配置在资源池上的信令指示的。
in,
Figure PCTCN2020075394-appb-000033
Is the time slot number on the radio frame, μ represents the subcarrier interval, and l and l'represent the index of the symbol in the time slot. Optionally, l and/or l'may be the symbol where the first control information is sent, and may be a predetermined constant, such as 12, 10, 11, or 24, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. m 0 and m cs are the first cyclic shift value and the second cyclic shift value, respectively, and both are integers. Optionally, the specific values of m 0 and m cs may be predefined, or configured by signaling, or indicated by signaling configured on the resource pool.
可选的,
Figure PCTCN2020075394-appb-000034
的定义如下所示:
Optional,
Figure PCTCN2020075394-appb-000034
The definition is as follows:
Figure PCTCN2020075394-appb-000035
Figure PCTCN2020075394-appb-000035
可选的,序列C为随机序列,生成序列C的初始值
Figure PCTCN2020075394-appb-000036
Figure PCTCN2020075394-appb-000037
其L为正整数,例如10,16,24等,本申请实施例对此不做限定。可选的,
Figure PCTCN2020075394-appb-000038
为上述公式(II-0)或(II-1)中的任意一项。随机序列C的生成可以复用NR(38.211协议中的5.2.1节中的定义)或LTE的随机序列生成方式,本发明对此不做限制。
Optionally, the sequence C is a random sequence, and the initial value of the sequence C is generated
Figure PCTCN2020075394-appb-000036
or
Figure PCTCN2020075394-appb-000037
The L is a positive integer, such as 10, 16, 24, etc., which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. Optional,
Figure PCTCN2020075394-appb-000038
It is any one of the above formula (II-0) or (II-1). The random sequence C can be generated by multiplexing NR (the definition in section 5.2.1 in the 38.211 protocol) or the LTE random sequence generation method, which is not limited in the present invention.
可选的,其中,
Figure PCTCN2020075394-appb-000039
由第二控制信息和/或第二控制信息调度的数据的CRC确定。
Optional, where
Figure PCTCN2020075394-appb-000039
Determined by the CRC of the data scheduled by the second control information and/or the second control information.
可选的,第一控制信息为承载在PSFCH中的信息,第二控制信息为承载在第一级或第二级SCI中的信息。Optionally, the first control information is information carried in the PSFCH, and the second control information is information carried in the first-level or second-level SCI.
上述实现方式中,以第一设备为UE1,第二设备为UE2,UE1和UE2在V2X或侧行链路上的通信为例做进一步说明。第一控制信息为UE1在反馈信道PSFCH上需要发送的针对UE2发送的PSSCH上的数据的应答信息。应答信息包括:仅反馈NACK,反馈ACK或反馈NACK。在确定PSFCH的序列的循环移位值时,可以使用上述公式(II-2)中来确定。在进一步确定公式(II-2)中的参数n CS(n c,l)时,可以进一步按公式(II-3)来确定。在计算公式(II-3)时,其中的随机序列C的初始c init
Figure PCTCN2020075394-appb-000040
Figure PCTCN2020075394-appb-000041
来确定。而相应的
Figure PCTCN2020075394-appb-000042
按公式(II-0)或(II-1)来生成。特别地,其中生成
Figure PCTCN2020075394-appb-000043
的CRC校验或控制信息可以是来自由指示UE2的PSSCH的传输资源的第一级SCI或第二SCI的CRC生成的,也可以是由UE2发送的PSSCH的CRC生成的,或承载在PSSCH中的数据比特。
In the foregoing implementation manner, the first device is UE1, the second device is UE2, and the communication between UE1 and UE2 on the V2X or side link is taken as an example for further description. The first control information is the response information for the data on the PSSCH sent by the UE2 that needs to be sent by the UE1 on the feedback channel PSFCH. The response information includes: only NACK feedback, ACK feedback or NACK feedback. When determining the cyclic shift value of the PSFCH sequence, it can be determined using the above formula (II-2). When further determining the parameter n CS (n c ,l) in the formula (II-2), it can be further determined according to the formula (II-3). When calculating formula (II-3), the initial c init of the random sequence C is
Figure PCTCN2020075394-appb-000040
or
Figure PCTCN2020075394-appb-000041
to make sure. And correspondingly
Figure PCTCN2020075394-appb-000042
According to formula (II-0) or (II-1) to generate. In particular, which generates
Figure PCTCN2020075394-appb-000043
The CRC check or control information can be generated from the CRC of the first level SCI or the second SCI indicating the transmission resources of the PSSCH of UE2, or generated by the CRC of the PSSCH sent by UE2, or carried in the PSSCH Of data bits.
可选地,对于接收侧(即第二设备),有对应的操作和过程:Optionally, for the receiving side (ie, the second device), there are corresponding operations and processes:
S21:第二设备接收第一序列,所述第一序列是根据所述循环移位值生成的,其中,所述循环移位值由所述第一控制信息关联的第二控制信息和/或第二控制信息调度的数据的CRC确定。S21: The second device receives a first sequence, the first sequence is generated according to the cyclic shift value, wherein the cyclic shift value is related to the second control information and/or the first control information The CRC of the data scheduled by the second control information is determined.
S22:所述第二设备根据所述第一序列检测所述第一控制信息。S22: The second device detects the first control information according to the first sequence.
需要说明的是,接收侧(即第二设备)检测上述控制信息使用的第一序列的生成过程相同与上述发送侧(即第一设备)的过程类似,具体可以参见上文中的相关描述,本申请实施例在此不再赘述。It should be noted that the process of generating the first sequence used by the receiving side (ie, the second device) to detect the control information is the same as the process on the sending side (ie, the first device). For details, please refer to the relevant description above. The application embodiments will not be repeated here.
另外,本申请实施例提供的方法是生成序列的循环移位的过程,除了可以单独工作之外,还可以与其它实施例相结合使用,以确定序列的循环移位值,本申请实施例在此不再赘述。In addition, the method provided by the embodiment of this application is a process of generating the cyclic shift of the sequence. In addition to working alone, it can also be used in combination with other embodiments to determine the cyclic shift value of the sequence. This will not be repeated here.
本申请实施例通过上述方式,可以尽可能地复用NR中PUCCH生成的公式和协议,来实现PSFCH的序列生成。同时,在侧行链路上将相应的标识用发送数据的CRC校验位来,从而能够起到进一步验证PSSCH和/或SCI是检测正确的效果,从而提升系统的性能和可靠性。The embodiment of the present application can reuse the formula and protocol for PUCCH generation in NR as much as possible through the above-mentioned method to realize PSFCH sequence generation. At the same time, the CRC check bit of the transmitted data is used for the corresponding identification on the side link, so as to further verify that the PSSCH and/or SCI are detected correctly, thereby improving the performance and reliability of the system.
上述主要从第一设备和第二设备的角度对本申请实施例提供的方案进行了介绍。可以理解的是,第一设备和第二设备为了实现上述功能,其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的网元及算法步骤,本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。The foregoing mainly introduces the solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application from the perspective of the first device and the second device. It can be understood that, in order to implement the above-mentioned functions, the first device and the second device include hardware structures and/or software modules corresponding to each function. Those skilled in the art should easily realize that in combination with the network elements and algorithm steps of the examples described in the embodiments disclosed herein, the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a certain function is executed by hardware or computer software-driven hardware depends on the specific application and design constraint conditions of the technical solution. Professionals and technicians can use different methods for each specific application to implement the described functions, but such implementation should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
本申请实施例可以根据上述方法示例对第一设备和第二设备进行功能模块的划分,例如,可以对应各个功能划分各个功能模块,也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理模块中。上述集成的模块既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能模块的形式实现。需要说明的是,本申请实施例中对模块的划分是示意性的,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。The embodiment of the present application can divide the first device and the second device into functional modules according to the above method examples. For example, each functional module can be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions can be integrated into one processing module. middle. The above-mentioned integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional modules. It should be noted that the division of modules in the embodiments of the present application is illustrative, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division methods in actual implementation.
在采用集成的单元的情况下,图7示出了本申请实施例中所涉及的控制信息传输装置的一种可能的结构示意图,该装置作为第一设备或者第一设备内置的芯片,包括:处理单元401和发送单元402。进一步,该装置还包括接收单元403。In the case of using an integrated unit, FIG. 7 shows a possible structural schematic diagram of the control information transmission device involved in an embodiment of the present application. As the first device or a chip built into the first device, the device includes: The processing unit 401 and the sending unit 402. Further, the device further includes a receiving unit 403.
在一种可能的实现方式中,处理单元401可用于支持该装置执行上述方法实施例中的S301和S302等;发送单元402可用于支持该装置执行上述方法实施例中的S303;接收单元403可用于支持该装置执行上述方法实施例中的S300。In a possible implementation, the processing unit 401 can be used to support the device to perform S301 and S302 in the above method embodiment; the sending unit 402 can be used to support the device to perform S303 in the above method embodiment; the receiving unit 403 can be used To support the device to execute S300 in the above method embodiment.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,处理单元401可用于支持该装置执行上述方法实施例中的S301a和S302a等,发送单元402可用于支持该装置执行上述方法实施例中的S303a。和/或,接收单元403可用于支持该装置执行上述方法实施例中的S300。In another possible implementation manner, the processing unit 401 may be used to support the device to perform S301a and S302a in the foregoing method embodiment, and the sending unit 402 may be used to support the device to perform S303a in the foregoing method embodiment. And/or, the receiving unit 403 may be used to support the device to execute S300 in the foregoing method embodiment.
在又一种可能的实现方式中,处理单元401可用于支持该装置执行上述方法实施例中的S11和S12等,发送单元402可用于支持该装置执行上述方法实施例中的S13。和/或,接收单元403可用于支持该装置执行上述方法实施例中的S300。In another possible implementation manner, the processing unit 401 may be used to support the device to perform S11 and S12 in the foregoing method embodiment, and the sending unit 402 may be used to support the device to perform S13 in the foregoing method embodiment. And/or, the receiving unit 403 may be used to support the device to execute S300 in the foregoing method embodiment.
需要说明的是,上述方法实施例涉及的各步骤的所有相关内容均可以援引到对应功能模块的功能描述,在此不再赘述。It should be noted that all relevant content of the steps involved in the foregoing method embodiments can be cited in the functional description of the corresponding functional module, and will not be repeated here.
在采用硬件实现的基础上,本申请实施例中的处理单元401可以为该控制信息传输装置的处理器,发送单元402可以为该控制信息传输装置的发送器,接收单元403可以为该控制信息传输装置的接收器,发送器通常可以和接收器集成在一起用作收发器,具体的收发器还可以称为通信接口。On the basis of hardware implementation, the processing unit 401 in this embodiment of the application may be the processor of the control information transmission device, the sending unit 402 may be the transmitter of the control information transmission device, and the receiving unit 403 may be the control information transmission device. The receiver of the transmission device, the transmitter can usually be integrated with the receiver and used as a transceiver, and the specific transceiver can also be called a communication interface.
如图8所示,为本申请实施例提供的上述实施例所涉及的控制信息传输装置的另一种可能的结构示意图,该装置作为第一设备或者第一设备内置的芯片,包括:处理器411、存储器412、通信接口413和总线414,处理器411、存储器412和通信接口413通过总线414连接。As shown in FIG. 8, another possible structural schematic diagram of the control information transmission device involved in the above-mentioned embodiment provided by this embodiment of the application, as a first device or a built-in chip of the first device, the device includes: a processor 411, the memory 412, the communication interface 413, and the bus 414, and the processor 411, the memory 412, and the communication interface 413 are connected through the bus 414.
其中,处理器411用于对该控制信息传输装置动作进行控制管理。在一种可能的 实现方式中,处理器411可用于支持该装置执行上述方法实施例中的S301和S302,以及通过通信接口413支持该装置执行上述方法实施例中的S300和S303,和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其他过程。在另一种可能的实现方式中,处理单元401可用于支持该装置执行上述方法实施例中的S301a和S302a等,以及通过通信接口413支持该装置执行上述方法实施例中的S303a,和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其他过程。在又一种可能的实现方式中,处理单元401可用于支持该装置执行上述方法实施例中的S11和S12等,以及通过通信接口413支持该装置执行上述方法实施例中的S13等。The processor 411 is configured to control and manage the actions of the control information transmission device. In a possible implementation, the processor 411 may be used to support the device to execute S301 and S302 in the foregoing method embodiment, and to support the device to execute S300 and S303 in the foregoing method embodiment through the communication interface 413, and/or Other processes used in the techniques described in this article. In another possible implementation manner, the processing unit 401 may be used to support the device to execute S301a and S302a in the foregoing method embodiment, and to support the device to execute S303a in the foregoing method embodiment through the communication interface 413, and/or Other processes used in the techniques described in this article. In yet another possible implementation manner, the processing unit 401 may be used to support the device to execute S11 and S12 in the foregoing method embodiment, and to support the device to execute S13 in the foregoing method embodiment through the communication interface 413.
另外,通信接口413用于支持该控制信息传输装置进行通信,例如支持该通信装置与第二设备进行通信;存储器411用于存储该控制信息传输装置的程序代码和数据。In addition, the communication interface 413 is used to support the control information transmission device to communicate, for example, to support the communication device to communicate with the second device; the memory 411 is used to store the program code and data of the control information transmission device.
在本申请中,处理器411可以是中央处理器单元,通用处理器,数字信号处理器,专用集成电路,现场可编程门阵列或者其他可编程逻辑器件、晶体管逻辑器件、硬件部件或者其任意组合。其可以实现或执行结合本申请公开内容所描述的各种示例性的逻辑方框,模块和电路。所述处理器也可以是实现计算功能的组合,例如包含一个或多个微处理器组合,数字信号处理器和微处理器的组合等等。上述图8中的总线414可以是外设部件互连标准(peripheral component interconnect,PCI)总线或扩展工业标准结构(extended industry standard architecture,EISA)总线等。所述总线可以分为地址总线、数据总线、控制总线等。为便于表示,上述图8中仅用一条粗线表示,但并不表示仅有一根总线或一种类型的总线。In this application, the processor 411 may be a central processing unit, a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor, an application specific integrated circuit, a field programmable gate array or other programmable logic devices, transistor logic devices, hardware components, or any combination thereof . It can implement or execute various exemplary logical blocks, modules, and circuits described in conjunction with the disclosure of this application. The processor may also be a combination that implements computing functions, for example, a combination of one or more microprocessors, a combination of a digital signal processor and a microprocessor, and so on. The bus 414 in FIG. 8 may be a peripheral component interconnect standard (PCI) bus or an extended industry standard architecture (EISA) bus, etc. The bus can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and so on. For ease of presentation, only one thick line is used in the foregoing FIG. 8, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
在采用集成的单元的情况下,图9示出了本申请实施例中所涉及的控制信息传输装置的一种可能的结构示意图,该装置作为第二设备或者第二设备内置的芯片,包括:接收单元501和处理单元502。进一步,该装置还包括发送单元503。In the case of using an integrated unit, FIG. 9 shows a possible structural schematic diagram of the control information transmission device involved in an embodiment of the present application. The device, as the second device or a chip built into the second device, includes: The receiving unit 501 and the processing unit 502. Further, the device further includes a sending unit 503.
在一种可能的实现方式中,接收单元501可用于支持该装置执行上述方法实施例中接收S303发送的控制信息的步骤等;处理单元502可用于支持该装置执行上述方法实施例中的S304,和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其他过程。发送单元503可用于支持该装置执行上述方法实施例中向第一设备发送第一数据的步骤。In a possible implementation, the receiving unit 501 can be used to support the device to perform the steps of receiving the control information sent by S303 in the above method embodiment; the processing unit 502 can be used to support the device to perform S304 in the above method embodiment, And/or other processes used in the techniques described herein. The sending unit 503 may be used to support the apparatus to perform the step of sending the first data to the first device in the foregoing method embodiment.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,接收单元501可用于支持该装置执行上述方法实施例中的S304a等;处理单元502可用于支持该装置执行上述方法实施例中的S305a,和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其他过程。In another possible implementation manner, the receiving unit 501 may be used to support the device to execute S304a in the foregoing method embodiment, etc.; the processing unit 502 may be used to support the device to perform S305a in the foregoing method embodiment, and/or be used for Other processes of the technique described in this article.
在又一种可能的实现方式中,接收单元501可用于支持该装置执行上述方法实施例中的S21等;处理单元502可用于支持该装置执行上述方法实施例中的S22,和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其他过程。In another possible implementation manner, the receiving unit 501 may be used to support the device to perform S21 in the foregoing method embodiment, etc.; the processing unit 502 may be used to support the device to perform S22 in the foregoing method embodiment, and/or used to Other processes of the technique described in this article.
需要说明的是,上述方法实施例涉及的各步骤的所有相关内容均可以援引到对应功能模块的功能描述,在此不再赘述。It should be noted that all relevant content of the steps involved in the foregoing method embodiments can be cited in the functional description of the corresponding functional module, and will not be repeated here.
在采用硬件实现的基础上,本申请实施例中的处理单元502可以为该控制信息传输装置的处理器,发送单元503可以为该控制信息传输装置的发送器,接收单元501可以为该控制信息传输装置的接收器,发送器通常可以和接收器集成在一起用作收发器,具体的收发器还可以称为通信接口。On the basis of hardware implementation, the processing unit 502 in the embodiment of the present application may be the processor of the control information transmission device, the sending unit 503 may be the transmitter of the control information transmission device, and the receiving unit 501 may be the control information transmission device. The receiver of the transmission device, the transmitter can usually be integrated with the receiver and used as a transceiver, and the specific transceiver can also be called a communication interface.
如图10所示,为本申请实施例中所涉及的控制信息传输装置的另一种可能的结构示意图,该装置作为第二设备或者第二设备内置的芯片,包括:处理器511、存储器 512、通信接口513和总线514。As shown in FIG. 10, this is a schematic diagram of another possible structure of the control information transmission device involved in the embodiment of this application. As a second device or a built-in chip of the second device, the device includes: a processor 511 and a memory 512 , Communication interface 513 and bus 514.
其中,处理器511用于对该控制信息传输装置的动作进行控制管理。在一种可能的实现方式中,处理器511可用于支持该装置执行上述方法实施例中的S304,以及通过通信接口513支持该装置执行上述方法实施例中向第一设备发送第一数据的步骤,和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其他过程。在另一种可能的实现方式中,处理器511可用于支持该装置执行上述方法实施例中的S305a等,以及通过通信接口513支持该装置执行上述方法实施例中的S304a,和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其他过程。在又一种可能的实现方式中,处理器511可用于支持该装置执行上述方法实施例中的S22等,以及通过通信接口513支持该装置执行上述方法实施例中的S21等。The processor 511 is configured to control and manage the actions of the control information transmission device. In a possible implementation manner, the processor 511 may be used to support the device to perform S304 in the above method embodiment, and to support the device to perform the step of sending the first data to the first device in the above method embodiment through the communication interface 513 , And/or other processes used in the techniques described herein. In another possible implementation manner, the processor 511 may be used to support the device to perform S305a in the foregoing method embodiment, etc., and to support the device to perform S304a in the foregoing method embodiment through the communication interface 513, and/or for Other processes of the technique described in this article. In yet another possible implementation manner, the processor 511 may be used to support the device to execute S22 and the like in the foregoing method embodiment, and to support the device to execute S21 and the like in the foregoing method embodiment through the communication interface 513.
另外,通信接口513可用于支持该装置进行通信,例如支持该装置与第一设备等其他设备进行通信。存储器512可用于存储该装置的程序代码和数据等。In addition, the communication interface 513 can be used to support the device to communicate, for example, to support the device to communicate with other devices such as the first device. The memory 512 can be used to store program codes and data of the device.
在本申请中,处理器511可以是中央处理器单元,通用处理器,数字信号处理器,专用集成电路,现场可编程门阵列或者其他可编程逻辑器件、晶体管逻辑器件、硬件部件或者其任意组合。其可以实现或执行结合本申请公开内容所描述的各种示例性的逻辑方框,模块和电路。所述处理器也可以是实现计算功能的组合,例如包含一个或多个微处理器组合,数字信号处理器和微处理器的组合等等。上述图10中的总线514可以是外设部件互连标准(PCI)总线或扩展工业标准结构(EISA)总线等。所述总线可以分为地址总线、数据总线、控制总线等。为便于表示,上述图10中仅用一条粗线表示,但并不表示仅有一根总线或一种类型的总线。In this application, the processor 511 may be a central processing unit, a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor, an application specific integrated circuit, a field programmable gate array or other programmable logic devices, transistor logic devices, hardware components, or any combination thereof . It can implement or execute various exemplary logical blocks, modules, and circuits described in conjunction with the disclosure of this application. The processor may also be a combination that implements computing functions, for example, a combination of one or more microprocessors, a combination of a digital signal processor and a microprocessor, and so on. The bus 514 in FIG. 10 above may be a Peripheral Component Interconnection Standard (PCI) bus or an Extended Industry Standard Architecture (EISA) bus or the like. The bus can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and so on. For ease of presentation, the above-mentioned FIG. 10 is represented by only a thick line, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
基于此,本申请实施例还提供一种通信系统,该通信系统包括第一设备和第二设备;其中,第一设备为上述图7或图8所提供的控制信息传输设备,用于执行上述方法实施例中的第一设备的步骤;第二设备为上述图9或图10所提供的控制信息传输设备,用于执行上述方法实施例中的第二设备的步骤。Based on this, an embodiment of the present application also provides a communication system, which includes a first device and a second device; wherein, the first device is the control information transmission device provided in FIG. 7 or FIG. The steps of the first device in the method embodiment; the second device is the control information transmission device provided in FIG. 9 or FIG. 10, and is used to execute the steps of the second device in the method embodiment.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述模块或单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个装置,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed device and method may be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative. For example, the division of the modules or units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods, for example, multiple units or components may be divided. It can be combined or integrated into another device, or some features can be omitted or not implemented.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是一个物理单元或多个物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个不同地方。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate parts may or may not be physically separate. The parts displayed as units may be one physical unit or multiple physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed to multiple different places. . Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。In addition, the functional units in the various embodiments of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit. The above-mentioned integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional unit.
所述集成的单元如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个可读取存储介质中,该可读存储介质可以包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器、随机存取存储器、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。基于这样的理解,本申请实施例的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者 该技术方案的全部或部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来。If the integrated unit is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a readable storage medium. The readable storage medium may include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only Various media that can store program codes such as memory, random access memory, magnetic disk or optical disk. Based on this understanding, the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can be embodied in the form of software products in essence or a part that contributes to the prior art, or all or part of the technical solutions.
在本申请的又一方面,提供一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当该指令在设备上运行时,使得该设备执行执行上述方法实施例中的第一设备的步骤。In another aspect of the present application, a computer-readable storage medium is provided. The computer-readable storage medium stores instructions. When the instructions run on a device, the device executes the first step in the above method embodiments. Equipment steps.
在本申请的又一方面,提供一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当该指令在设备上运行时,使得该设备执行上述方法实施例中的第二设备的步骤。In yet another aspect of the present application, a computer-readable storage medium is provided. The computer-readable storage medium stores instructions. When the instructions run on a device, the device executes the second device in the above method embodiment. A step of.
在本申请的又一方面,提供一种计算机程序产品,当该计算机程序产品在设备上运行时,使得该设备执行上述方法实施例中的第一设备的步骤。In another aspect of the present application, a computer program product is provided. When the computer program product runs on a device, the device executes the steps of the first device in the foregoing method embodiment.
在本申请的又一方面,提供一种计算机程序产品,当该计算机程序产品在设备上运行时,使得该设备执行上述方法实施例中的第二设备的步骤。In another aspect of the present application, a computer program product is provided. When the computer program product runs on a device, the device executes the steps of the second device in the foregoing method embodiment.
最后应说明的是:以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何在本申请揭露的技术范围内的变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。Finally, it should be noted that the above are only specific implementations of this application, but the scope of protection of this application is not limited to this. Any changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in this application shall be covered by this application. Within the scope of protection applied for. Therefore, the protection scope of this application should be subject to the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (30)

  1. 一种控制信息传输方法,其特征在于,应用于第一设备,所述方法包括:A control information transmission method, characterized in that it is applied to a first device, and the method includes:
    根据物理层源标识K和所述第一设备的标识Mi确定第一序列的循环移位值;Determine the cyclic shift value of the first sequence according to the physical layer source identifier K and the identifier Mi of the first device;
    根据所述循环移位值生成所述第一序列;Generating the first sequence according to the cyclic shift value;
    在资源上通过所述第一序列向第二设备发送控制信息。On the resource, the control information is sent to the second device through the first sequence.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the method further comprises:
    根据所述资源的索引Fi确定第一序列的循环移位值;Determine the cyclic shift value of the first sequence according to the index Fi of the resource;
    其中,所述资源的索引Fi为:Wherein, the index Fi of the resource is:
    所述资源在用于发送所述控制信息的资源集中的资源索引;或者,The resource index of the resource in the resource set used to send the control information; or,
    Fi=Mi mod Z,其中Z为发送所述控制信息的资源集中包括的频域资源和/或序列循环移位资源的总数量,mod表示取模操作;或者,Fi = Mi mod Z, where Z is the total number of frequency domain resources and/or sequence cyclic shift resources included in the resource set for transmitting the control information, and mod represents a modulo operation; or,
    Fi=(K+Mi)mod Z,其中Z为发送所述控制信息的资源集中包括频域资源和/或序列循环移位资源的总数量,mod表示取模操作。Fi=(K+Mi)mod Z, where Z is the total number of frequency domain resources and/or sequence cyclic shift resources in the resource set for transmitting the control information, and mod represents the modulo operation.
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一设备的标识Mi为以下中的任意一种:标识所述第一设备的编号,所述第一设备的成员标识,接收所述第二设备发送的第一数据的设备标识。The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the identifier Mi of the first device is any one of the following: a number identifying the first device, a member identifier of the first device, and receiving The device identifier of the first data sent by the second device.
  4. 根据权利要求1-3任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一序列的基序列为预定义的序列,所述第一序列的长度为12。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the base sequence of the first sequence is a predefined sequence, and the length of the first sequence is 12.
  5. 根据权利要求1-4任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述控制信息为对应所述第二设备发送的第一数据的应答信息,所述应答信息包括肯定应答或否定应答。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the control information is response information corresponding to the first data sent by the second device, and the response information includes an affirmative response or a negative response.
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一数据的肯定应答对应所述第一序列的第一循环移位值,所述第一数据的否定应答对应所述第一序列的第二循环移位值,所述第一循环移位值与所述第二循环移位值不同。The method according to claim 5, wherein the positive response of the first data corresponds to the first cyclic shift value of the first sequence, and the negative response of the first data corresponds to the first sequence of A second cyclic shift value, where the first cyclic shift value is different from the second cyclic shift value.
  7. 根据权利要求2-6任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一序列的循环移位值由所述资源的索引Fi、所述第一设备的标识Mi以及循环移位对的数量Y确定。The method according to any one of claims 2-6, wherein the cyclic shift value of the first sequence is determined by the index Fi of the resource, the identifier Mi of the first device, and the cyclic shift pair The quantity Y is determined.
  8. 根据权利要求2-7任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一序列的循环移位值由所述第一设备的标识Mi与所述资源的索引Fi之差确定。The method according to any one of claims 2-7, wherein the cyclic shift value of the first sequence is determined by the difference between the identifier Mi of the first device and the index Fi of the resource.
  9. 根据权利要求2-7任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,循环移位对的数量为Y;The method according to any one of claims 2-7, wherein the number of cyclic shift pairs is Y;
    所述第一序列的循环移位值由(Mi-Fi)/Y确定;或者,The cyclic shift value of the first sequence is determined by (Mi-Fi)/Y; or,
    所述第一序列的循环移位值由(K+Mi-Fi)/Y确定。The cyclic shift value of the first sequence is determined by (K+Mi-Fi)/Y.
  10. 根据权利要求2-9任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一序列的循环移位值由b*((K+Mi-Fi)/Y+C)确定,其中b为正整数,C为整数;或者,The method according to any one of claims 2-9, wherein the cyclic shift value of the first sequence is determined by b*((K+Mi-Fi)/Y+C), where b is positive Integer, C is an integer; or,
    所述第一序列的循环移位值由b*((K+Mi-Fi)/Y+C)mod Ncs确定,其中Ncs为循环移位的数量,Ncs和b为正整数,C为整数。The cyclic shift value of the first sequence is determined by b*((K+Mi-Fi)/Y+C)mod Ncs, where Ncs is the number of cyclic shifts, Ncs and b are positive integers, and C is an integer.
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一序列的循环移位值包括所述第一序列的第一循环移位值或所述第一序列的第二循环移位值,所述第一序列的第二循环移位值与所述第一序列的第一循环移位值之差为循环移位的数量Ncs的二分之一、三分之一或四分之一。The method according to claim 10, wherein the cyclic shift value of the first sequence comprises the first cyclic shift value of the first sequence or the second cyclic shift value of the first sequence, The difference between the second cyclic shift value of the first sequence and the first cyclic shift value of the first sequence is one-half, one-third or one-fourth of the number of cyclic shifts Ncs.
  12. 根据权利要求2-10任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一序列的循环移位值由资源的索引Fi和所述第一设备的标识Mi从预定义的多个循环移位值中确定。The method according to any one of claims 2-10, wherein the cyclic shift value of the first sequence is shifted from a plurality of predefined cyclic shifts by the index Fi of the resource and the identity Mi of the first device. Determined in the bit value.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述预定义的多个循环移位值包括以下任一种:以等间隔的方式排列的一组循环移位值;多组循环移位值,每组循环移位值以等间隔的方式排列。The method according to claim 12, wherein the multiple predefined cyclic shift values comprise any one of the following: a group of cyclic shift values arranged in an equally spaced manner; multiple groups of cyclic shift values , Each group of cyclic shift values are arranged at equal intervals.
  14. 根据权利要求2-10任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一序列的根序列号和所述第一序列的循环移位值由资源的索引Fi和所述第一设备的标识Mi从预配置或配置在资源集上的U个序列中确定,所述U为大于或等于2的整数。The method according to any one of claims 2-10, wherein the root sequence number of the first sequence and the cyclic shift value of the first sequence are determined by the index Fi of the resource and the index of the first device. The identifier Mi is determined from U sequences pre-configured or configured on the resource set, where U is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其特征在于,所述循环移位值包括两组,每组对应一个根序列号和一组循环移位值,两组对应的根序列号不同,两组对应的循环移位值相同或不同。The method according to claim 14, wherein the cyclic shift value includes two groups, each group corresponds to a root sequence number and a group of cyclic shift values, the two groups have different root sequence numbers, and the two groups correspond to The cyclic shift values of are the same or different.
  16. 一种控制信息传输方法,其特征在于,应用于第二设备,所述方法包括:A control information transmission method, characterized in that it is applied to a second device, and the method includes:
    接收第一设备通过第一序列发送的控制信息,其中,所述第一序列的循环移位值由物理层源标识K和第一设备的标识Mi确定,所述循环移位值用于生成所述第一序列;Receive the control information sent by the first device through the first sequence, where the cyclic shift value of the first sequence is determined by the physical layer source identifier K and the identifier Mi of the first device, and the cyclic shift value is used to generate the The first sequence;
    根据所述第一序列获取第一设备发送的控制信息。Acquire the control information sent by the first device according to the first sequence.
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一序列的循环移位值还由资源的索引Fi确定;其中,所述资源的索引Fi为:The method according to claim 16, wherein the cyclic shift value of the first sequence is further determined by the index Fi of the resource; wherein the index Fi of the resource is:
    所述资源在用于发送所述控制信息的资源集中的资源索引;或者,The resource index of the resource in the resource set used to send the control information; or,
    Fi=Mi mod Z,其中Z为用于发送所述控制信息的资源集中包括的频域资源和/或序列循环移位资源的总数量,mod表示取模操作;或者,Fi=Mi mod Z, where Z is the total number of frequency domain resources and/or sequence cyclic shift resources included in the resource set for transmitting the control information, and mod represents a modulo operation; or,
    Fi=(K+Mi)mod Z,其中Z为发送所述控制信息的资源集中包括频域资源和/或序列循环移位资源的总数量,mod表示取模操作。Fi=(K+Mi)mod Z, where Z is the total number of frequency domain resources and/or sequence cyclic shift resources in the resource set for transmitting the control information, and mod represents the modulo operation.
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一序列的循环移位值由所述资源的索引Fi、所述第一设备的标识Mi以及循环移位对的数量Y确定。The method according to claim 17, wherein the cyclic shift value of the first sequence is determined by the index Fi of the resource, the identifier Mi of the first device, and the number Y of cyclic shift pairs.
  19. 根据权利要求17所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一序列的循环移位值由所述资源的索引Fi与所述第一设备的标识Mi之间的差值确定。The method according to claim 17, wherein the cyclic shift value of the first sequence is determined by the difference between the index Fi of the resource and the identity Mi of the first device.
  20. 根据权利要求17-19任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,循环移位对的数量为Y;The method according to any one of claims 17-19, wherein the number of cyclic shift pairs is Y;
    所述第一序列的循环移位值由(Mi-Fi)/Y确定;或者,The cyclic shift value of the first sequence is determined by (Mi-Fi)/Y; or,
    所述第一序列的循环移位值由(K+Mi-Fi)/Y确定。The cyclic shift value of the first sequence is determined by (K+Mi-Fi)/Y.
  21. 根据权利要求16-19任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一序列的循环移位值由b*((K+Mi-Fi)/Y+C)确定,其中b为正整数,C为整数;或者,The method according to any one of claims 16-19, wherein the cyclic shift value of the first sequence is determined by b*((K+Mi-Fi)/Y+C), where b is positive Integer, C is an integer; or,
    所述第一序列的循环移位值由b*((K+Mi-Fi)/Y+C)mod Ncs确定,其中Ncs为循环移位的数量,Ncs和b为正整数,C为整数。The cyclic shift value of the first sequence is determined by b*((K+Mi-Fi)/Y+C)mod Ncs, where Ncs is the number of cyclic shifts, Ncs and b are positive integers, and C is an integer.
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一序列的循环移位值包括所述第一序列的第一循环移位值或所述第一序列的第二循环移位值,所述第一序列的第二循环移位值与所述第一序列的第一循环移位值之差为循环移位的数量Ncs的二分之一、三分之一或四分之一。The method according to claim 21, wherein the cyclic shift value of the first sequence comprises the first cyclic shift value of the first sequence or the second cyclic shift value of the first sequence, The difference between the second cyclic shift value of the first sequence and the first cyclic shift value of the first sequence is one-half, one-third or one-fourth of the number of cyclic shifts Ncs.
  23. 根据权利要求17-19任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一序列的循环移位值由资源的索引Fi和所述第一设备的标识Mi从预定义的多个循环移位值中确定。The method according to any one of claims 17-19, wherein the cyclic shift value of the first sequence is shifted from a plurality of predefined cyclic shifts by the index Fi of the resource and the identity Mi of the first device. Determined in the bit value.
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的方法,其特征在于,所述预定义的多个循环移位值包括以下任一种:以等间隔的方式排列的一组循环移位值;多组循环移位值,每组循环移位值以等间隔的方式排列。The method according to claim 23, wherein the plurality of predefined cyclic shift values comprise any one of the following: a group of cyclic shift values arranged in an equally spaced manner; multiple groups of cyclic shift values , Each group of cyclic shift values are arranged at equal intervals.
  25. 根据权利要求17-19任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一序列的根序列号和所述第一序列的循环移位值由资源的索引Fi和所述第一设备的标识Mi从预配置或配置在资源集上的U个序列中确定,所述U为大于或等于2的整数。The method according to any one of claims 17-19, wherein the root sequence number of the first sequence and the cyclic shift value of the first sequence are determined by the resource index Fi and the first device's The identifier Mi is determined from U sequences pre-configured or configured on the resource set, where U is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
  26. 根据权利要求25所述的方法,其特征在于,所述循环移位值包括两组,每组对应一个根序列号和一组循环移位值,两组对应的根序列号不同,两组对应的循环移位值相同或不同。The method according to claim 25, wherein the cyclic shift value comprises two groups, each group corresponds to a root sequence number and a group of cyclic shift values, the two groups have different root sequence numbers, and the two groups correspond to The cyclic shift values of are the same or different.
  27. 根据权利要求16-26任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述控制信息为对应所述第二设备发送的第一数据的应答信息,所述应答信息包括肯定应答或否定应答。The method according to any one of claims 16-26, wherein the control information is response information corresponding to the first data sent by the second device, and the response information includes an affirmative response or a negative response.
  28. 根据权利要求27所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一数据的肯定应答对应所述第一序列的第一循环移位值,所述第一数据的否定应答对应所述第一序列的第二循环移位值,所述第一循环移位值与所述第二循环移位值不同。The method according to claim 27, wherein the positive response of the first data corresponds to the first cyclic shift value of the first sequence, and the negative response of the first data corresponds to the first sequence of A second cyclic shift value, where the first cyclic shift value is different from the second cyclic shift value.
  29. 一种控制信息传输装置,其特征在于,所述装置作为第一设备,包括处理器、存储器、通信接口和总线,所述处理器、所述存储器和所述通信接口通过所述总线连接,所述存储器中存储有指令,当所述指令被所述处理器运行时使得所述装置执行如权利要求1-15任一项所述的控制信息传输方法。A control information transmission device, characterized in that, as a first device, the device includes a processor, a memory, a communication interface, and a bus, and the processor, the memory, and the communication interface are connected through the bus, so The memory stores instructions, and when the instructions are executed by the processor, the device executes the control information transmission method according to any one of claims 1-15.
  30. 一种控制信息传输装置,其特征在于,所述装置作为第二设备,包括处理器、存储器、通信接口和总线,所述处理器、所述存储器和所述通信接口通过所述总线连接,所述存储器中存储有指令,当所述指令被所述处理器运行时使得所述装置执行如权利要求16-28任一项所述的控制信息传输方法。A control information transmission device, characterized in that, as a second device, the device includes a processor, a memory, a communication interface, and a bus, and the processor, the memory, and the communication interface are connected through the bus, so The memory stores instructions, and when the instructions are executed by the processor, the device executes the control information transmission method according to any one of claims 16-28.
PCT/CN2020/075394 2020-02-14 2020-02-14 Control information transmission method and apparatus WO2021159512A1 (en)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2020/075394 WO2021159512A1 (en) 2020-02-14 2020-02-14 Control information transmission method and apparatus
CN202080095581.5A CN115053477B (en) 2020-02-14 2020-04-10 Control information transmission method and device
PCT/CN2020/084303 WO2021159600A1 (en) 2020-02-14 2020-04-10 Control information transmission method and apparatus

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2020/075394 WO2021159512A1 (en) 2020-02-14 2020-02-14 Control information transmission method and apparatus

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021159512A1 true WO2021159512A1 (en) 2021-08-19

Family

ID=77291914

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/075394 WO2021159512A1 (en) 2020-02-14 2020-02-14 Control information transmission method and apparatus
PCT/CN2020/084303 WO2021159600A1 (en) 2020-02-14 2020-04-10 Control information transmission method and apparatus

Family Applications After (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/084303 WO2021159600A1 (en) 2020-02-14 2020-04-10 Control information transmission method and apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN115053477B (en)
WO (2) WO2021159512A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN116800395B (en) * 2023-08-23 2023-10-27 泸州卓远液压有限公司 5G-based hydraulic equipment remote control method and device

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2014148284A1 (en) * 2013-03-18 2014-09-25 Nec Corporation Method for phich resource allocation
CN108347313A (en) * 2017-01-24 2018-07-31 华为技术有限公司 Feedback method and user equipment
CN108631910A (en) * 2017-03-22 2018-10-09 华为技术有限公司 A kind of data transmission method and device
CN110061806A (en) * 2018-12-03 2019-07-26 中国信息通信研究院 A kind of V2X unicast communication method, terminal device and system
CN110169095A (en) * 2019-04-12 2019-08-23 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Scramble processing method, scramble process method and device
CN110383736A (en) * 2019-05-24 2019-10-25 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Transmission method, device, equipment and the storage medium of feedback information

Family Cites Families (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN107995679B (en) * 2018-01-30 2019-05-17 创新维度科技(北京)有限公司 A kind of downlink data transmission and downlink data method of reseptance of Internet of Things
CN112640346B (en) * 2018-08-09 2024-07-23 交互数字专利控股公司 Broadcast, multicast and unicast on side link for 5g ev2x

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2014148284A1 (en) * 2013-03-18 2014-09-25 Nec Corporation Method for phich resource allocation
CN108347313A (en) * 2017-01-24 2018-07-31 华为技术有限公司 Feedback method and user equipment
CN108631910A (en) * 2017-03-22 2018-10-09 华为技术有限公司 A kind of data transmission method and device
CN110061806A (en) * 2018-12-03 2019-07-26 中国信息通信研究院 A kind of V2X unicast communication method, terminal device and system
CN110169095A (en) * 2019-04-12 2019-08-23 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Scramble processing method, scramble process method and device
CN110383736A (en) * 2019-05-24 2019-10-25 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Transmission method, device, equipment and the storage medium of feedback information

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
"3rd Generation Partnership Project; Technical Specification Group Radio Access Network; NR; Physical channels and modulation (Release 16)", 3GPP STANDARD; TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION; 3GPP TS 38.211, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG1, no. V16.0.0, 11 January 2020 (2020-01-11), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France, pages 1 - 129, XP051860643 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2021159600A1 (en) 2021-08-19
CN115053477B (en) 2024-01-05
CN115053477A (en) 2022-09-13

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11564205B2 (en) Method and apparatus for configuring DMRS information in V2X system
WO2020143732A1 (en) Feedback channel transmitting method, feedback channel receiving method, and apparatus
US20190200389A1 (en) Methods and devices for transmitting and receiving signals
CN104160726A (en) System and method for allocating network resources
CN111435845A (en) Communication method and communication device
WO2020238428A1 (en) Communication method and device
WO2021017792A1 (en) Feedback information transmission method and terminal device
WO2021031043A1 (en) Communication method and device
WO2021027815A1 (en) Feedback information transmission method and apparatus
WO2021018295A1 (en) Feedback information transmission method and apparatus
CN114747234A (en) Data transmission method, device and system
WO2021159512A1 (en) Control information transmission method and apparatus
CN115707118A (en) Resource sharing method and communication device
CN114365469B (en) Data transmission method, terminal device and network device
US20230344610A1 (en) Indication information transmission method, apparatus, and system
WO2022027594A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
CN112399580B (en) Communication method and device
CN113473590B (en) Communication method and device
CN115733600B (en) Communication method and device
CN111092835B (en) Sequence demodulation method, device, communication equipment and storage medium
CN112399574B (en) Wireless communication method and device and communication equipment
WO2021088063A1 (en) Communication method and device
WO2021134448A1 (en) Sidelink data transmission method, device, and system
WO2021032030A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2021088081A1 (en) Control information sending method, receiving method and communication apparatus

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20918686

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20918686

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1